7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
2 *
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
4 *
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
8 */
|
|
9
|
|
10 /*
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
12 */
|
|
13
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
15
|
|
16 /*
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
20 */
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
22 {
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
448
|
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
|
|
56 #endif
|
7
|
57 };
|
|
58
|
|
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
63
|
|
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
65
|
|
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
67
|
|
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
69 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
70 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
71 #endif
|
|
72
|
|
73 /*
|
|
74 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
75 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
76 */
|
|
77 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
205
|
78 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
79 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
7
|
80 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
205
|
81 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
7
|
82
|
|
83 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
84 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
85 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
86 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
87 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
88 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
89 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
90 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
91 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
92
|
|
93 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
94 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
95 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
96 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
97 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
98 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
99 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
100 # endif
|
|
101 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
102 #endif
|
|
103
|
|
104 /*
|
|
105 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
106 */
|
|
107 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
108
|
|
109 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
110
|
|
111 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
112
|
|
113 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
114 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
115 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
116 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
117 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
118 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
119 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
120 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
121 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
122
|
|
123 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
124 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
125
|
|
126 /*
|
|
127 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
128 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
129 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
130 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
131 * end patterns.
|
|
132 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
133 *
|
|
134 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
135 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
136 */
|
|
137 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
138 {
|
|
139 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
140 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
141 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
142 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
143 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
144 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
145 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
146 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
147 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
148 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
149 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
150 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
151 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
152 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
153 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
154 } synpat_T;
|
|
155
|
|
156 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
157 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
158 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
159 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
160 */
|
|
161
|
|
162 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
163 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
164 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
165 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
166
|
|
167 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
168 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
169 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
170 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
171 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
172 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
173 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
174 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
175 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
176 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
177 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
178 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
179 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
180 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
181 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
182 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
183 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
184 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
185 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
186
|
|
187 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
188
|
|
189 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
190
|
|
191 /*
|
|
192 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
193 */
|
|
194 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
195 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
196
|
|
197 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
198
|
|
199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
200
|
|
201 /*
|
|
202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
203 */
|
|
204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
208 #endif
|
|
209
|
221
|
210 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
7
|
211 {
|
|
212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
221
|
215 } syn_cluster_T;
|
7
|
216
|
|
217 /*
|
|
218 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
219 */
|
|
220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
223
|
221
|
224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
7
|
225
|
|
226 /*
|
|
227 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
233 */
|
|
234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
238
|
|
239 /*
|
|
240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
243 */
|
|
244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
245
|
|
246 /*
|
|
247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
250 */
|
|
251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
253
|
|
254 /*
|
134
|
255 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
256 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
257 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
258 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
259 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
260 */
|
|
261 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
262 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
263 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
264 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
265
|
|
266 /*
|
7
|
267 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
268 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
269 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
270 */
|
|
271 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
272
|
|
273 /*
|
|
274 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
275 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
276 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
277 */
|
|
278 typedef struct state_item
|
|
279 {
|
|
280 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
281 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
282 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
283 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
284 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
285 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
286 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
287 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
288 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
289 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
290 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
291 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
292 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
293 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
294 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
295 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
296 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
297 * pattern */
|
|
298 } stateitem_T;
|
|
299
|
|
300 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
301 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
302 but contained groups */
|
|
303
|
|
304 /*
|
154
|
305 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
306 * very often.
|
|
307 */
|
|
308 typedef struct
|
|
309 {
|
|
310 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
311 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
312 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
313 if not allowed */
|
|
314 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
315 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
316 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
317 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
318 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
319
|
|
320 /*
|
7
|
321 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
322 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
323 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
324 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
325 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
326 */
|
|
327 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
328 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
329 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
331 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
332 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
333 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
334 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
335 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
336 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
337
|
|
338 /*
|
|
339 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
340 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
341 */
|
|
342 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
343 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
344
|
|
345 /*
|
|
346 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
347 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
348 */
|
|
349 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
350 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
351 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
352 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
353 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
354 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
355 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
356 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
357 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
358 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
359 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
360 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
361
|
|
362 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
363
|
|
364 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
365 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
366 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
367 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
368 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
369 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
370 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
371 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
372 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
373 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
374 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
375 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
376 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
377 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
221
|
378 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
7
|
379 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
380 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
381 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
382 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
383 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
384 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
385 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
386 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
387 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
388 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
389
|
|
390 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
391 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
392 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
393
|
|
394 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
395 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
396 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
397 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
398 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
399 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
400 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
401 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
419
|
402 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
7
|
403 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
404 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
405 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
406 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
408 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
413 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
414 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
415 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
416 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
417 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
418 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
419 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
420 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
421 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
134
|
422 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
423 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
424 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
7
|
425 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
426 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
154
|
427 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
7
|
428 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
429 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
430 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
431 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
432 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
433 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
434 #else
|
|
435 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
437 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
438 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
439 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
440 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
441 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
442 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
443 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
444 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
445 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
446 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
447 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
448
|
|
449 /*
|
|
450 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
451 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
452 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
453 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
454 * window.
|
|
455 */
|
|
456 void
|
|
457 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
458 win_T *wp;
|
|
459 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
460 {
|
|
461 synstate_T *p;
|
|
462 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
463 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
464 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
465 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
466 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
467 int dist;
|
26
|
468 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
7
|
469
|
|
470 /*
|
|
471 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
26
|
472 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
473 * then.
|
7
|
474 */
|
26
|
475 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
7
|
476 {
|
|
477 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
478 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
479 }
|
26
|
480 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
7
|
481 syn_win = wp;
|
|
482
|
|
483 /*
|
|
484 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
485 */
|
|
486 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
487 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
410
|
488 return; /* out of memory */
|
7
|
489 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
490
|
|
491 /*
|
|
492 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
493 */
|
|
494 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
495 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
496 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
497 {
|
|
498 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
499 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
500 {
|
|
501 ++current_lnum;
|
|
502 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
503 }
|
|
504
|
|
505 /*
|
|
506 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
507 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
508 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
509 */
|
|
510 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
511 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
512 }
|
|
513 else
|
|
514 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
515
|
|
516 /*
|
|
517 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
518 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
519 */
|
|
520 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
521 {
|
|
522 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
523 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
524 {
|
|
525 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
526 break;
|
|
527 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
528 {
|
|
529 last_valid = p;
|
|
530 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
531 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
532 }
|
|
533 }
|
|
534 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
535 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
536 }
|
|
537
|
|
538 /*
|
|
539 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
540 * re-synchronize.
|
|
541 */
|
|
542 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
543 {
|
|
544 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
545 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
546 }
|
|
547 else
|
|
548 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
549
|
|
550 /*
|
|
551 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
552 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
553 */
|
819
|
554 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
555 dist = 999999;
|
|
556 else
|
|
557 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
7
|
558 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
559 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
560 {
|
|
561 syn_start_line();
|
|
562 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
563 ++current_lnum;
|
|
564
|
|
565 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
566 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
567 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
568 {
|
|
569 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
570 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
571 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
572 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
573 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
574 else
|
|
575 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
576 if (sp != NULL
|
|
577 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
578 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
579 {
|
|
580 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
581 prev = sp;
|
|
582 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
583 {
|
|
584 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
585 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
586 prev = sp;
|
|
587 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
588 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
589 break;
|
|
590 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
591 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
592 }
|
|
593 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
594 }
|
|
595 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
596 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
597 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
598 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
599 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
600 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
601 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
602 }
|
|
603
|
|
604 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
605 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
606 line_breakcheck();
|
|
607 if (got_int)
|
|
608 {
|
|
609 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
610 break;
|
|
611 }
|
|
612 }
|
|
613
|
|
614 syn_start_line();
|
|
615 }
|
|
616
|
|
617 /*
|
|
618 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
619 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
620 */
|
|
621 static void
|
|
622 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
623 synstate_T *p;
|
|
624 {
|
|
625 int i;
|
|
626 garray_T *gap;
|
|
627
|
|
628 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
629 {
|
|
630 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
631 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
632 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
633 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
634 }
|
|
635 else
|
|
636 {
|
|
637 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
638 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
639 }
|
|
640 }
|
|
641
|
|
642 /*
|
|
643 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
644 */
|
|
645 static void
|
|
646 clear_current_state()
|
|
647 {
|
|
648 int i;
|
|
649 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
650
|
|
651 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
652 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
653 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
654 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
655 }
|
|
656
|
|
657 /*
|
|
658 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
659 *
|
|
660 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
661 * used:
|
|
662 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
663 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
664 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
665 */
|
|
666 static void
|
|
667 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
668 win_T *wp;
|
|
669 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
670 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
671 {
|
|
672 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
673 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
674 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
675 int idx;
|
|
676 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
677 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
678 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
679 int had_sync_point;
|
|
680 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
681 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
682 char_u *line;
|
|
683 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
684 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
685 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
686 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
687 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
442
|
688 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
7
|
689
|
|
690 /*
|
|
691 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
692 */
|
|
693 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
694
|
|
695 /*
|
|
696 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
697 * there.
|
|
698 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
699 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
700 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
701 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
702 */
|
|
703 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
704 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
705 else
|
|
706 {
|
|
707 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
708 lnum = 1;
|
|
709 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
710 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
711 else
|
|
712 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
714 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
715 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
716 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
717 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
718 else
|
|
719 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
720 }
|
|
721 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
722
|
|
723 /*
|
|
724 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
725 */
|
|
726 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
727 {
|
|
728 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
729 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
730 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
731 curwin = wp;
|
|
732 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
733 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
734
|
|
735 /*
|
|
736 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
737 */
|
|
738 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
739 {
|
|
740 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
741 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
742 break;
|
|
743 }
|
|
744 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
745
|
|
746 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
747 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
748 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
749 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
750
|
|
751 /*
|
|
752 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
753 * defines the comment.
|
|
754 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
755 */
|
|
756 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
757 {
|
|
758 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
759 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
760 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
761 {
|
|
762 validate_current_state();
|
|
763 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
764 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
765 break;
|
|
766 }
|
|
767 }
|
|
768
|
|
769 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
770 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
771 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
772 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
773 }
|
|
774
|
|
775 /*
|
|
776 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
777 */
|
|
778 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
779 {
|
|
780 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
781 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
782 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
783 else
|
|
784 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
785
|
699
|
786 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
787 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
7
|
788 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
789 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
790 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
791 {
|
|
792 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
793 line_breakcheck();
|
|
794 if (got_int)
|
|
795 {
|
|
796 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
797 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
798 break;
|
|
799 }
|
|
800
|
|
801 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
802 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
803 {
|
|
804 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
805 break;
|
|
806 }
|
|
807
|
|
808 /*
|
|
809 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
810 */
|
|
811 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
812 continue;
|
|
813
|
|
814 /*
|
|
815 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
816 */
|
|
817 validate_current_state();
|
|
818
|
|
819 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
820 {
|
|
821 syn_start_line();
|
|
822 for (;;)
|
|
823 {
|
|
824 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
825 /*
|
|
826 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
827 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
828 */
|
|
829 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
830 {
|
|
831 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
832 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
833 {
|
|
834 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
835 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
836 break;
|
|
837 }
|
|
838 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
839 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
840 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
841 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
842 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
843 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
844 /*
|
|
845 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
846 * match).
|
|
847 */
|
|
848 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
849 {
|
|
850 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
851 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
852 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
853 break;
|
|
854 }
|
|
855 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
856 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
857 else
|
|
858 ++current_col;
|
|
859
|
|
860 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
442
|
861 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
862 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
863 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
864 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
865 ++current_col;
|
7
|
866 check_state_ends();
|
442
|
867 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
7
|
868 }
|
|
869 else
|
|
870 break;
|
|
871 }
|
|
872 }
|
|
873
|
|
874 /*
|
|
875 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
876 */
|
|
877 if (found_flags)
|
|
878 {
|
|
879 /*
|
|
880 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
881 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
882 * state stack empty.
|
|
883 */
|
|
884 clear_current_state();
|
|
885 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
886 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
887 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
888
|
|
889 /*
|
|
890 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
891 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
892 * the next line.
|
|
893 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
894 */
|
|
895 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
896 {
|
|
897 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
898 {
|
|
899 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
900 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
901 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
902 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
903 check_keepend();
|
|
904 }
|
|
905 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
906 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
907 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
908 ++current_lnum;
|
|
909 }
|
|
910 else
|
|
911 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
912
|
|
913 break;
|
|
914 }
|
|
915
|
|
916 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
917 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
918 }
|
|
919
|
|
920 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
921 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
922 {
|
|
923 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
924 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
925 }
|
|
926 }
|
|
927
|
|
928 validate_current_state();
|
|
929 }
|
|
930
|
|
931 /*
|
|
932 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
933 */
|
|
934 static int
|
|
935 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
936 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
937 {
|
|
938 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
939
|
|
940 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
941 {
|
|
942 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
943 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
944 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
945 }
|
|
946 return FALSE;
|
|
947 }
|
|
948
|
|
949 /*
|
|
950 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
951 */
|
|
952 static void
|
|
953 syn_start_line()
|
|
954 {
|
|
955 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
956 current_col = 0;
|
|
957
|
|
958 /*
|
|
959 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
960 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
961 */
|
|
962 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
963 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
964
|
|
965 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
966 ++current_line_id;
|
|
967 }
|
|
968
|
|
969 /*
|
|
970 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
971 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
972 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
973 */
|
|
974 static void
|
|
975 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
976 int startofline;
|
|
977 {
|
|
978 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
979 int i;
|
|
980
|
|
981 if (startofline)
|
|
982 {
|
|
983 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
984 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
985 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
986 {
|
|
987 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
988 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
989 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
990 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
991 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
992 {
|
|
993 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
994 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
995 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
996 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
997 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
998 }
|
|
999 }
|
|
1000 }
|
|
1001
|
|
1002 /*
|
|
1003 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
1004 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
1005 * influence contained items.
|
|
1006 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
1007 */
|
|
1008 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
1009 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
1010 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
1011 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
1012 break;
|
|
1013 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
1014 {
|
|
1015 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
1016 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
1017 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
1018 {
|
|
1019 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
1020 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
1021
|
|
1022 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
1023 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
1024 }
|
|
1025 }
|
|
1026 check_keepend();
|
|
1027 check_state_ends();
|
|
1028 }
|
|
1029
|
|
1030 /****************************************
|
|
1031 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
1032 */
|
|
1033
|
|
1034 /*
|
|
1035 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
1036 *
|
|
1037 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
1038 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
1039 *
|
|
1040 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
1041 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
1042 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
1043 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
1044 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
1045 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
1046 *
|
|
1047 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
1048 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
1049 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
1050 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
1051 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
1052 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
1053 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
1054 * the cached entry.
|
|
1055 *
|
|
1056 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
1057 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
1058 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
1059 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
1060 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
1061 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
1062 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
1063 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
1064 */
|
|
1065
|
|
1066 /*
|
|
1067 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
1068 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
1069 */
|
|
1070 void
|
|
1071 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
1072 buf_T *buf;
|
|
1073 {
|
|
1074 synstate_T *p;
|
|
1075 win_T *wp;
|
|
1076
|
|
1077 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
1078 {
|
|
1079 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
1080 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
1081 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
1082 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
1083 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
1084 }
|
|
1085 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
1086 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
1087 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
1088 {
|
|
1089 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
1090 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
1091 }
|
|
1092 #endif
|
|
1093 }
|
|
1094
|
|
1095 /*
|
|
1096 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
1097 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
1098 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
1099 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
1100 */
|
|
1101 static void
|
|
1102 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
1103 {
|
|
1104 long len;
|
|
1105 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
1106 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
1107
|
|
1108 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
1109 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
1110 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
1111 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
1112 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
1113 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
1114 {
|
|
1115 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
1116 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
1117 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
1118 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
1119 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
1120 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
1121 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
1122
|
|
1123 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
1124 {
|
|
1125 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
1126 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
1127 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
1128 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
1129 ;
|
|
1130 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
1131 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
1132 }
|
|
1133
|
|
1134 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
1135 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
1136 return;
|
|
1137
|
|
1138 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
1139 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
1140 {
|
|
1141 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
1142 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
1143 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
1144 {
|
|
1145 ++to;
|
|
1146 *to = *from;
|
|
1147 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
1148 }
|
|
1149 }
|
|
1150 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
1151 {
|
|
1152 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
1153 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
1154 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
1155 }
|
|
1156 else
|
|
1157 {
|
|
1158 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
1159 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
1160 }
|
|
1161
|
|
1162 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
1163 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
1164 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
1165 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
1166 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
1167
|
|
1168 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
1169 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
1170 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
1171 }
|
|
1172 }
|
|
1173
|
|
1174 /*
|
|
1175 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
1176 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
1177 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
1178 * displayed buffer.
|
|
1179 */
|
|
1180 void
|
|
1181 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
1182 buf_T *buf;
|
|
1183 {
|
|
1184 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
1185 linenr_T n;
|
|
1186
|
|
1187 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
1188 return;
|
|
1189
|
|
1190 prev = NULL;
|
|
1191 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
1192 {
|
383
|
1193 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
7
|
1194 {
|
|
1195 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
1196 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
1197 {
|
|
1198 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
1199 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
1200 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
1201 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
1202 else
|
|
1203 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
1204 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
1205 p = np;
|
|
1206 continue;
|
|
1207 }
|
|
1208 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
1209 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
1210 * again. */
|
|
1211 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
1212 {
|
|
1213 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
1214 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
1215 else
|
|
1216 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
1217 }
|
|
1218 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
1219 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
1220 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
1221
|
|
1222 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
1223 }
|
|
1224 prev = p;
|
|
1225 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
1226 }
|
|
1227 }
|
|
1228
|
|
1229 /*
|
|
1230 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
1231 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
1232 */
|
|
1233 static int
|
|
1234 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
1235 {
|
|
1236 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
1237 disptick_T tick;
|
|
1238 int above;
|
|
1239 int dist;
|
|
1240 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
1241
|
|
1242 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
1243 return retval;
|
|
1244
|
|
1245 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
819
|
1246 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
1247 dist = 999999;
|
|
1248 else
|
|
1249 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
7
|
1250
|
|
1251 /*
|
|
1252 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
1253 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
1254 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
1255 */
|
|
1256 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
1257 above = FALSE;
|
|
1258 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
1259 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
1260 {
|
|
1261 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
1262 {
|
|
1263 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
1264 {
|
|
1265 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
1266 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
1267 above = TRUE;
|
|
1268 }
|
|
1269 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
1270 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
1271 }
|
|
1272 }
|
|
1273
|
|
1274 /*
|
|
1275 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
1276 * interval of several lines.
|
|
1277 */
|
|
1278 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
1279 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
1280 {
|
|
1281 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
1282 {
|
|
1283 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
1284 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
1285 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
1286 p = prev;
|
|
1287 retval = TRUE;
|
|
1288 }
|
|
1289 }
|
|
1290 return retval;
|
|
1291 }
|
|
1292
|
|
1293 /*
|
|
1294 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
1295 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
1296 */
|
|
1297 static void
|
|
1298 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
1299 buf_T *buf;
|
|
1300 synstate_T *p;
|
|
1301 {
|
|
1302 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
1303 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
1304 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
1305 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
1306 }
|
|
1307
|
|
1308 /*
|
|
1309 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
1310 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
1311 */
|
|
1312 static synstate_T *
|
|
1313 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
1314 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
1315 {
|
|
1316 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
1317
|
|
1318 prev = NULL;
|
|
1319 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
1320 {
|
|
1321 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
1322 return p;
|
|
1323 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
1324 break;
|
|
1325 }
|
|
1326 return prev;
|
|
1327 }
|
|
1328
|
|
1329 /*
|
|
1330 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
1331 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
1332 */
|
|
1333 static synstate_T *
|
|
1334 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
1335 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
1336 NULL */
|
|
1337 {
|
|
1338 int i;
|
|
1339 synstate_T *p;
|
|
1340 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
1341 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
1342
|
|
1343 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
1344 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
1345
|
|
1346 /*
|
|
1347 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
1348 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
1349 */
|
|
1350 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
1351 {
|
|
1352 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
1353 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
1354 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
1355 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
1356 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
1357 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
1358 break;
|
|
1359 }
|
|
1360 if (i >= 0)
|
|
1361 {
|
|
1362 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
1363 {
|
|
1364 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
1365 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
1366 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
1367 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
1368 else
|
|
1369 {
|
|
1370 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
1371 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
1372 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
1373 break;
|
|
1374 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
1375 }
|
|
1376 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
1377 sp = NULL;
|
|
1378 }
|
|
1379 }
|
|
1380 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
1381 {
|
|
1382 /*
|
|
1383 * Add a new entry
|
|
1384 */
|
|
1385 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
1387 {
|
|
1388 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
1389 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
1390 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
1391 }
|
|
1392 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
1393 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
1394 sp = NULL;
|
|
1395 else
|
|
1396 {
|
|
1397 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
1398 * list, after *sp */
|
|
1399 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
1400 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
1401 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
1402 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
1403 {
|
|
1404 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
1405 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
1406 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
1407 }
|
|
1408 else
|
|
1409 {
|
|
1410 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
1411 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
1412 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
1413 }
|
|
1414 sp = p;
|
|
1415 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
1416 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
1417 }
|
|
1418 }
|
|
1419 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
1420 {
|
|
1421 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
1422 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
1423 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
1424 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
1425 {
|
|
1426 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
1427 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
1428 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
1429 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
1430 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
1431 else
|
|
1432 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
1433 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
1434 }
|
|
1435 else
|
|
1436 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
1437 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
1438 {
|
|
1439 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
1440 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
1441 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
1442 }
|
|
1443 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
1444 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
1445 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
1446 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
1447 }
|
|
1448 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
1449 return sp;
|
|
1450 }
|
|
1451
|
|
1452 /*
|
|
1453 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
1454 */
|
|
1455 static void
|
|
1456 load_current_state(from)
|
|
1457 synstate_T *from;
|
|
1458 {
|
|
1459 int i;
|
|
1460 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
1461
|
|
1462 clear_current_state();
|
|
1463 validate_current_state();
|
|
1464 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
1465 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
1466 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
1467 {
|
|
1468 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
1469 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
1470 else
|
|
1471 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
1472 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
1473 {
|
|
1474 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
1475 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
1476 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
1477 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
1478 keepend_level = i;
|
|
1479 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
1480 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
1481 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
1482 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
1483 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
1484 else
|
|
1485 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
1486 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
1487 }
|
|
1488 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
1489 }
|
|
1490 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
1491 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
1492 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
1493 }
|
|
1494
|
|
1495 /*
|
|
1496 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
1497 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
1498 */
|
|
1499 static int
|
|
1500 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
1501 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
1502 {
|
|
1503 int i, j;
|
|
1504 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
1505 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
1506
|
|
1507 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
1508 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
1509 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
1510 {
|
|
1511 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
1512 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
1513 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
1514 else
|
|
1515 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
1516
|
|
1517 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
1518 {
|
|
1519 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
1520 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
1521 break;
|
|
1522 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
1523 {
|
|
1524 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
1525 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
1526 * references are equal. */
|
|
1527 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
1528 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
1529 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
1530 * different. */
|
|
1531 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
1532 break;
|
|
1533 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
1534 {
|
|
1535 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
1536 * equal. */
|
|
1537 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
1538 {
|
|
1539 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
1540 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
1541 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
1542 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
1543 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
1544 break;
|
|
1545 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
1546 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
1547 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
1548 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
1549 break;
|
|
1550 }
|
|
1551 }
|
|
1552 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
1553 break;
|
|
1554 }
|
|
1555 }
|
|
1556 if (i < 0)
|
|
1557 return TRUE;
|
|
1558 }
|
|
1559 return FALSE;
|
|
1560 }
|
|
1561
|
|
1562 /*
|
|
1563 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
1564 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
1565 * the last parsed line.
|
|
1566 * The window looks like this:
|
|
1567 * line which changed
|
|
1568 * displayed line
|
|
1569 * displayed line
|
|
1570 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
1571 */
|
|
1572 void
|
|
1573 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
1574 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
1575 {
|
|
1576 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
1577
|
|
1578 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
1579 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
1580 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
1581
|
|
1582 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
1583 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
1584 }
|
|
1585
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
1587 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
1588 ****************************************/
|
|
1589
|
|
1590 static void
|
|
1591 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
1592 {
|
|
1593 clear_current_state();
|
|
1594 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
1595 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
1596 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
1597 }
|
|
1598
|
|
1599 static void
|
|
1600 validate_current_state()
|
|
1601 {
|
|
1602 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
1603 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
1604 }
|
|
1605
|
|
1606 /*
|
|
1607 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
1608 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
1609 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
1610 */
|
|
1611 int
|
|
1612 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
1613 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
1614 {
|
|
1615 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
1616 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
1617
|
|
1618 /*
|
|
1619 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
1620 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
1621 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
1622 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
1623 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
1624 */
|
|
1625 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
1626 {
|
|
1627 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
1628 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
1629 {
|
|
1630 /*
|
|
1631 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
1632 * drawn)
|
|
1633 */
|
|
1634 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
1635
|
|
1636 /*
|
|
1637 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
1638 * the line.
|
|
1639 */
|
|
1640 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
1641 retval = FALSE;
|
|
1642
|
|
1643 /*
|
|
1644 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
1645 */
|
|
1646 ++current_lnum;
|
|
1647 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
1648 }
|
|
1649 }
|
|
1650
|
|
1651 return retval;
|
|
1652 }
|
|
1653
|
|
1654 /*
|
|
1655 * Finish the current line.
|
|
1656 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
1657 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
1658 * is valid.
|
|
1659 */
|
|
1660 static int
|
|
1661 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
1662 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
1663 {
|
|
1664 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
442
|
1665 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
7
|
1666
|
|
1667 if (!current_finished)
|
|
1668 {
|
|
1669 while (!current_finished)
|
|
1670 {
|
221
|
1671 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
7
|
1672 /*
|
|
1673 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
1674 */
|
|
1675 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
1676 {
|
|
1677 /*
|
|
1678 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
1679 */
|
|
1680 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
1681 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
1682 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
1683 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
1684 return TRUE;
|
|
1685
|
|
1686 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
442
|
1687 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
1688 * past the NUL. */
|
|
1689 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
1690 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
1691 ++current_col;
|
7
|
1692 check_state_ends();
|
442
|
1693 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
7
|
1694 }
|
|
1695 ++current_col;
|
|
1696 }
|
|
1697 }
|
|
1698 return FALSE;
|
|
1699 }
|
|
1700
|
|
1701 /*
|
|
1702 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
1703 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
1704 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
1705 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
1706 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
221
|
1707 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
1708 * done.
|
7
|
1709 */
|
|
1710 int
|
221
|
1711 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
7
|
1712 colnr_T col;
|
221
|
1713 int *can_spell;
|
7
|
1714 {
|
|
1715 int attr = 0;
|
|
1716
|
|
1717 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
1718 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
1719 return 0;
|
|
1720
|
419
|
1721 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
431
|
1722 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
419
|
1723 {
|
|
1724 clear_current_state();
|
|
1725 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
1726 current_id = 0;
|
|
1727 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
1728 #endif
|
|
1729 return 0;
|
|
1730 }
|
|
1731
|
7
|
1732 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
1733 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
1734 validate_current_state();
|
|
1735
|
|
1736 /*
|
|
1737 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
1738 */
|
|
1739 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
1740 {
|
221
|
1741 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
7
|
1742 ++current_col;
|
|
1743 }
|
|
1744
|
|
1745 return attr;
|
|
1746 }
|
|
1747
|
|
1748 /*
|
|
1749 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
1750 */
|
|
1751 static int
|
221
|
1752 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
7
|
1753 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
1754 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
221
|
1755 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
7
|
1756 {
|
|
1757 int syn_id;
|
|
1758 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
1759 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
1760 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
1761 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
1762 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
1763 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
1764 int idx;
|
|
1765 synpat_T *spp;
|
221
|
1766 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
7
|
1767 int startcol;
|
|
1768 int endcol;
|
|
1769 long flags;
|
|
1770 short *next_list;
|
|
1771 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
1772 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
1773 int do_keywords;
|
|
1774 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
1775 lpos_T pos;
|
|
1776 int lc_col;
|
|
1777 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
1778 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
1779 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
1780
|
|
1781 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
1782 int keep_next_list;
|
|
1783 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
1784 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
1785
|
|
1786 /*
|
|
1787 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
1788 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
1789 */
|
|
1790 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
1791 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
1792 {
|
|
1793 /*
|
|
1794 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
1795 */
|
|
1796 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
1797 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
1798 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
1799
|
|
1800 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
1801 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
1802 return 0;
|
|
1803 }
|
|
1804
|
|
1805 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
1806 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
1807 {
|
|
1808 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
1809 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
1810 }
|
|
1811
|
|
1812 /*
|
|
1813 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
1814 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
1815 * the next column.
|
|
1816 */
|
|
1817 if (try_next_column)
|
|
1818 {
|
|
1819 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
1820 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
1821 }
|
|
1822
|
|
1823 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
1824 do_keywords = !syncing
|
134
|
1825 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
1826 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
7
|
1827
|
|
1828 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
1829 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
1830 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
1831
|
|
1832 /*
|
|
1833 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
1834 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
1835 * column.
|
|
1836 */
|
|
1837 do
|
|
1838 {
|
|
1839 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
1840 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
1841 syn_id = 0;
|
|
1842
|
|
1843 /*
|
|
1844 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
1845 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
1846 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
1847 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
1848 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
1849 */
|
|
1850 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
1851 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
1852 else
|
|
1853 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
1854
|
|
1855 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
1856 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
1857 {
|
|
1858 /*
|
|
1859 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
1860 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
1861 */
|
|
1862 if (do_keywords)
|
|
1863 {
|
|
1864 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
1865 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
1866 && (current_col == 0
|
|
1867 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
1868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1869 - (has_mbyte
|
|
1870 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
1871 : 0)
|
|
1872 #endif
|
|
1873 , syn_buf)))
|
|
1874 {
|
|
1875 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
1876 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
205
|
1877 if (syn_id != 0)
|
7
|
1878 {
|
|
1879 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
1880 {
|
|
1881 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
1882 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
1883 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
1884 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
1885 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
1886 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
1887 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
1888 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
1889 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
1890 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
1891 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
1892 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
1893 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
1894 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
1895 {
|
|
1896 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
1897 {
|
|
1898 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
1899 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
1900 }
|
|
1901 else
|
|
1902 {
|
|
1903 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
1904 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
1905 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
1906 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
1907 }
|
|
1908 }
|
|
1909 else
|
|
1910 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
1911 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
1912 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
1913 check_keepend();
|
|
1914 }
|
|
1915 else
|
|
1916 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
1917 }
|
|
1918 }
|
|
1919 }
|
|
1920
|
|
1921 /*
|
205
|
1922 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
7
|
1923 */
|
|
1924 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
1925 {
|
|
1926 /*
|
|
1927 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
1928 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
1929 */
|
|
1930 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
1931 {
|
|
1932 /*
|
|
1933 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
1934 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
1935 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
1936 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
1937 */
|
|
1938 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
1939 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
1940 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
1941 {
|
|
1942 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
1943 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
1944 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
1945 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
1946 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
1947 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
1948 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
1949 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
1950 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
1951 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
1952 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
1953 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
1954 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
1955 {
|
|
1956 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
1957 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
1958 * this item. */
|
|
1959 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
1960 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
1961 continue;
|
|
1962 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
1963
|
|
1964 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
1965 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
1966 lc_col = 0;
|
|
1967
|
|
1968 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
1969 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
1970 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
1971 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
1972 {
|
|
1973 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
1974 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
1975 continue;
|
|
1976 }
|
|
1977
|
|
1978 /*
|
|
1979 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
1980 */
|
|
1981 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
1982 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
1983 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
1984 {
|
|
1985 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
1986 * we can't handle that */
|
|
1987 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
1988 continue;
|
|
1989 }
|
|
1990 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
1991
|
|
1992 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
1993 * matches in the current line */
|
|
1994 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
1995
|
|
1996 /*
|
|
1997 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
1998 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
1999 */
|
|
2000 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
2001 continue;
|
|
2002
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
2004 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
2005 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
2006 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
2007 */
|
|
2008 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
2009 {
|
|
2010 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
2011 continue;
|
|
2012 }
|
|
2013
|
|
2014 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
2015 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
2016
|
|
2017 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
2018 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
2019 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
2020
|
|
2021 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
2022 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
2023 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
2024 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
2025
|
|
2026 /*
|
|
2027 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
2028 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
2029 */
|
|
2030 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
2031 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
2032 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
2033
|
|
2034 flags = 0;
|
|
2035 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
2036 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
2037 end_idx = 0;
|
|
2038 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
2039
|
|
2040 /*
|
|
2041 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
2042 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
2043 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
2044 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
2045 */
|
|
2046 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
2047 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
2048 {
|
|
2049 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
2050
|
|
2051 startpos = endpos;
|
|
2052 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
2053 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
2054 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
2055 continue; /* not found */
|
|
2056 }
|
|
2057
|
|
2058 /*
|
|
2059 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
2060 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
2061 * syncing.
|
|
2062 */
|
|
2063 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
2064 {
|
|
2065 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
2066 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
2067 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
2068 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
2069 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
2070 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
2071 {
|
|
2072 /*
|
|
2073 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
2074 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
2075 */
|
|
2076 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
2077 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
2078 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
2079 continue;
|
|
2080 }
|
|
2081 }
|
|
2082
|
|
2083 /*
|
|
2084 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
2085 */
|
|
2086 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
2087 * before endpos. */
|
|
2088 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
2089 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
2090 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
2091 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
2092
|
|
2093 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
2094 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
2095 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
2096 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
2097 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
2098 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
2099 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
2100 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
2101 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
2102 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
2103 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
2104 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
2105 }
|
|
2106 }
|
|
2107 }
|
|
2108
|
|
2109 /*
|
|
2110 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
2111 */
|
|
2112 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
2113 {
|
|
2114 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
2115
|
|
2116 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
2117 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
2118 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
2119 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
2120 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
2121 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
2122 {
|
|
2123 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
2124 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
2125 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
2126 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
2127
|
|
2128 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
2129 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
2130 * endless loop). */
|
|
2131 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
2132 {
|
|
2133 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
2134 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
2135 }
|
|
2136 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
2137 }
|
|
2138 else
|
|
2139 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
2140 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
2141 }
|
|
2142 }
|
|
2143 }
|
|
2144
|
|
2145 /*
|
|
2146 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
2147 */
|
|
2148 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
2149 {
|
|
2150 /*
|
|
2151 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
2152 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
2153 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
2154 */
|
|
2155 if (!found_match)
|
|
2156 {
|
|
2157 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
2158 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
2159 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
2160 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
2161 && *line == NUL))
|
|
2162 break;
|
|
2163 }
|
|
2164
|
|
2165 /*
|
|
2166 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
2167 * contained matches.
|
|
2168 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
2169 * match.
|
|
2170 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
2171 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
2172 */
|
|
2173 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
2174 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
2175 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
2176 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
2177 }
|
|
2178
|
|
2179 } while (found_match);
|
|
2180
|
|
2181 /*
|
|
2182 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
2183 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
2184 */
|
|
2185 current_attr = 0;
|
|
2186 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
2187 current_id = 0;
|
|
2188 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
2189 #endif
|
|
2190 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
2191 {
|
221
|
2192 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
2193 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
2194 #endif
|
7
|
2195 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
2196 {
|
|
2197 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
2198 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
2199 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
2200 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
2201 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
2202 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
2203 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
2204 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
2205 {
|
|
2206 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
2207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
2208 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
221
|
2209 #endif
|
7
|
2210 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
2211 break;
|
|
2212 }
|
|
2213 }
|
|
2214
|
221
|
2215 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
2216 {
|
|
2217 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
2218
|
|
2219 /*
|
|
2220 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
2221 * done in the current item.
|
|
2222 */
|
|
2223 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
227
|
2224 {
|
320
|
2225 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
2226 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
227
|
2227 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
419
|
2228 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
227
|
2229 else
|
|
2230 {
|
|
2231 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
2232 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
2233 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
2234 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
2235 }
|
|
2236 }
|
221
|
2237 else
|
|
2238 {
|
320
|
2239 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
419
|
2240 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
2241 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
2242 * was used. */
|
320
|
2243 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
419
|
2244 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
320
|
2245 else
|
|
2246 {
|
|
2247 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
2248 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
2249 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
2250 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
2251
|
|
2252 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
2253 {
|
|
2254 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
2255 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
2256 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
2257 }
|
|
2258 }
|
221
|
2259 }
|
|
2260 }
|
|
2261
|
|
2262
|
7
|
2263 /*
|
|
2264 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
2265 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
2266 * single character match.
|
|
2267 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
2268 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
2269 * current column.
|
|
2270 */
|
|
2271 if (!syncing)
|
|
2272 {
|
|
2273 check_state_ends();
|
442
|
2274 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
2275 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
7
|
2276 {
|
|
2277 ++current_col;
|
|
2278 check_state_ends();
|
|
2279 --current_col;
|
|
2280 }
|
|
2281 }
|
|
2282 }
|
221
|
2283 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
419
|
2284 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
2285 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
2286 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
2287 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
2288 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
7
|
2289
|
|
2290 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
2291 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
2292 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
2293 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
2294 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
2295
|
|
2296 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
2297 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
2298
|
|
2299 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
2300 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
2301 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
2302 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
2303
|
|
2304 return current_attr;
|
|
2305 }
|
|
2306
|
|
2307
|
|
2308 /*
|
|
2309 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
2310 */
|
|
2311 static int
|
|
2312 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
2313 int idx;
|
|
2314 garray_T *gap;
|
|
2315 {
|
|
2316 int i;
|
|
2317
|
|
2318 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
2319 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
2320 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
2321 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
2322 return TRUE;
|
|
2323
|
|
2324 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
2325 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
2326 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
2327 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
2328 return TRUE;
|
|
2329
|
|
2330 return FALSE;
|
|
2331 }
|
|
2332
|
|
2333 /*
|
|
2334 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
2335 */
|
|
2336 static stateitem_T *
|
|
2337 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
2338 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
2339 {
|
|
2340 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
2341
|
|
2342 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
2343
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
2345 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
2346 */
|
|
2347 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
2348 {
|
|
2349 /*
|
|
2350 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
2351 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
2352 */
|
|
2353 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
2354 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
2355 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
2356 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
2357 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
2358 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
2359 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
2360 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
2361 {
|
|
2362 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
2363 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
2364 check_keepend();
|
|
2365 }
|
|
2366 else
|
|
2367 {
|
|
2368 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
2369 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
2370 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
2371 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
2372 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
2373 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
2374 }
|
|
2375 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
2376 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
2377 check_keepend();
|
|
2378 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
2379
|
|
2380 /*
|
|
2381 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
2382 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
2383 */
|
|
2384 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
2385 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
2386 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
2387 {
|
|
2388 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
2389 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
2390 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
2391 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
2392 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
2393 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
2394 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
2395 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
2396 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
2397 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
2398 check_keepend();
|
|
2399 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
2400 }
|
|
2401 }
|
|
2402
|
|
2403 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
2404
|
|
2405 return cur_si;
|
|
2406 }
|
|
2407
|
|
2408 /*
|
|
2409 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
2410 */
|
|
2411 static void
|
|
2412 check_state_ends()
|
|
2413 {
|
|
2414 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
2415 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
2416
|
|
2417 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
2418 for (;;)
|
|
2419 {
|
|
2420 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
2421 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
2422 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
2423 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
2424 {
|
|
2425 /*
|
|
2426 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
2427 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
2428 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
2429 * position.
|
|
2430 */
|
|
2431 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
2432 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
2433 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
2434 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
2435 {
|
|
2436 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
2437 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
2438 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
2439 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
2440 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
2441 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
36
|
2442
|
|
2443 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
2444 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
2445 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
7
|
2446 break;
|
|
2447 }
|
|
2448 else
|
|
2449 {
|
|
2450 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
2451 * "skipempty" */
|
|
2452 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
2453 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
2454 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
2455 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
2456 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
2457
|
|
2458 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
2459 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
2460 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
2461 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
2462
|
|
2463 pop_current_state();
|
|
2464
|
|
2465 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
2466 break;
|
|
2467
|
|
2468 if (had_extend)
|
|
2469 {
|
|
2470 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
2471 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
2472 break;
|
|
2473 }
|
|
2474
|
|
2475 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
2476
|
|
2477 /*
|
|
2478 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
2479 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
2480 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
2481 * Don't do this when:
|
|
2482 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
2483 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
2484 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
2485 */
|
|
2486 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
2487 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
2488 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
2489 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
2490 {
|
|
2491 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
2492 check_keepend();
|
|
2493 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
2494 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
2495 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
2496 break;
|
|
2497 }
|
|
2498 }
|
|
2499 }
|
|
2500 else
|
|
2501 break;
|
|
2502 }
|
|
2503 }
|
|
2504
|
|
2505 /*
|
|
2506 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
2507 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
2508 */
|
|
2509 static void
|
|
2510 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
2511 int idx;
|
|
2512 {
|
|
2513 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
2514 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
2515
|
|
2516 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
2517 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
2518 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
2519 else
|
|
2520 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
2521 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
2522 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
2523 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
2524 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
2525 else
|
|
2526 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
2527
|
|
2528 /*
|
|
2529 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
2530 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
2531 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
2532 */
|
|
2533 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
2534 {
|
|
2535 if (idx == 0)
|
|
2536 {
|
|
2537 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
2538 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
2539 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
2540 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
2541 }
|
|
2542 else
|
|
2543 {
|
|
2544 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
2545 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
36
|
2546 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
2547 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
7
|
2548 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
2549 {
|
|
2550 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
2551 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
2552 }
|
|
2553 }
|
|
2554 }
|
|
2555 }
|
|
2556
|
|
2557 /*
|
|
2558 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
2559 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
2560 */
|
|
2561 static void
|
|
2562 check_keepend()
|
|
2563 {
|
|
2564 int i;
|
|
2565 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
2566 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
2567
|
|
2568 /*
|
|
2569 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
2570 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
2571 */
|
|
2572 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
2573 return;
|
|
2574
|
|
2575 /*
|
|
2576 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
2577 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
2578 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
2579 */
|
|
2580 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
2581 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
2582 break;
|
|
2583
|
|
2584 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
2585 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
2586 {
|
|
2587 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
2588 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
2589 {
|
|
2590 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
2591 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
2592 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
2593 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
2594 }
|
|
2595 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
2596 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
2597 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
2598 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
2599 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
2600 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
2601 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
2602 }
|
|
2603 }
|
|
2604
|
|
2605 /*
|
|
2606 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
2607 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
2608 *
|
|
2609 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
2610 */
|
|
2611 static void
|
|
2612 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
2613 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
2614 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
2615 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
2616 {
|
|
2617 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
2618 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
2619 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
2620 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
2621 int end_idx;
|
|
2622
|
|
2623 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
2624 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
2625 * from a containing item. */
|
|
2626 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
2627 return;
|
|
2628
|
|
2629 /*
|
|
2630 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
2631 * line.
|
|
2632 */
|
|
2633 end_idx = 0;
|
|
2634 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
2635 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
2636 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
2637 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
2638
|
|
2639 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
2640 {
|
|
2641 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
2642 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
2643 {
|
|
2644 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
2645 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
2646 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
2647 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
2648 }
|
|
2649 else
|
|
2650 {
|
|
2651 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
2652 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
2653 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
2654 }
|
|
2655 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
2656 }
|
|
2657 else
|
|
2658 {
|
|
2659 /* match within this line */
|
|
2660 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
2661 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
2662 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
2663 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
2664 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
2665 }
|
|
2666 }
|
|
2667
|
|
2668 /*
|
|
2669 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
2670 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
2671 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
2672 */
|
|
2673 static int
|
|
2674 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
2675 int idx;
|
|
2676 {
|
|
2677 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
2678 return FAIL;
|
|
2679 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
2680 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
2681 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
2682 return OK;
|
|
2683 }
|
|
2684
|
|
2685 /*
|
|
2686 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
2687 */
|
|
2688 static void
|
|
2689 pop_current_state()
|
|
2690 {
|
|
2691 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
2692 {
|
|
2693 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
2694 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
2695 }
|
|
2696 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
2697 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
2698
|
|
2699 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
2700 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
2701 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
2702 }
|
|
2703
|
|
2704 /*
|
|
2705 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
2706 * Only checks one line.
|
|
2707 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
2708 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
2709 * will be 0.
|
|
2710 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
2711 * computed.
|
|
2712 */
|
|
2713 static void
|
|
2714 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
2715 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
2716 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
2717 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
2718 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
2719 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
2720 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
2721 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
2722 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
2723 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
2724 {
|
|
2725 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
2726 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
2727 int start_idx;
|
|
2728 int best_idx;
|
|
2729 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
2730 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
2731 lpos_T pos;
|
|
2732 char_u *line;
|
|
2733 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
2734
|
|
2735 /*
|
|
2736 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
2737 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
2738 * contained a region.
|
|
2739 */
|
|
2740 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
2741 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
2742 {
|
|
2743 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
2744 return;
|
|
2745 }
|
|
2746
|
|
2747 /*
|
|
2748 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
2749 */
|
|
2750 for (;;)
|
|
2751 {
|
|
2752 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
2753 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
2754 break;
|
|
2755 ++idx;
|
|
2756 }
|
|
2757
|
|
2758 /*
|
|
2759 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
2760 */
|
|
2761 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
2762 {
|
|
2763 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
2764 ++idx;
|
|
2765 }
|
|
2766 else
|
|
2767 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
2768
|
|
2769 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
2770 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
2771 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
2772
|
|
2773 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
2774 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
2775 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
2776 for (;;)
|
|
2777 {
|
|
2778 /*
|
|
2779 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
2780 */
|
|
2781 best_idx = -1;
|
|
2782 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
2783 {
|
|
2784 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
2785
|
|
2786 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
2787 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
2788 break;
|
|
2789 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
2790 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
2791 lc_col = 0;
|
|
2792
|
|
2793 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
2794 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
2795 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
2796 {
|
|
2797 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
2798 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
2799 {
|
|
2800 best_idx = idx;
|
|
2801 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
2802 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
2803 }
|
|
2804 }
|
|
2805 }
|
|
2806
|
|
2807 /*
|
|
2808 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
2809 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
2810 */
|
|
2811 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
2812 break;
|
|
2813
|
|
2814 /*
|
|
2815 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
2816 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
2817 */
|
|
2818 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
2819 {
|
|
2820 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
2821
|
|
2822 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
2823 lc_col = 0;
|
|
2824 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
2825 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
2826 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
2827 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
2828 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
2829 {
|
|
2830 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
2831 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
2832
|
|
2833 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
2834 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
2835 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
2836 break;
|
|
2837
|
|
2838 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
2839
|
|
2840 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
2841 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
2842 ++matchcol;
|
|
2843 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
2844 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
2845 else
|
|
2846 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
2847 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
2848 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
2849 ++matchcol)
|
|
2850 ;
|
|
2851
|
|
2852 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
2853 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
2854 break;
|
|
2855
|
|
2856 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
2857 }
|
|
2858 }
|
|
2859
|
|
2860 /*
|
|
2861 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
2862 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
2863 */
|
|
2864 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
2865 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
2866 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
2867 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
2868 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
2869
|
|
2870 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
2871 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
2872 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
2873 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
2874 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
2875 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
2876 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
2877
|
|
2878 /*
|
|
2879 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
2880 */
|
|
2881 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
2882 {
|
|
2883 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
2884 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
2885 {
|
|
2886 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
2887 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
2888 }
|
|
2889 else
|
|
2890 {
|
|
2891 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
2892 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
2893 }
|
|
2894 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
2895
|
|
2896 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
2897 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
2898 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
2899 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
2900 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
2901
|
|
2902 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
2903 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
2904 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
2905 }
|
|
2906 else
|
|
2907 {
|
|
2908 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
2909 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
2910 }
|
|
2911
|
|
2912 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
2913
|
|
2914 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
2915 break;
|
|
2916 }
|
|
2917
|
|
2918 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
2919 if (!had_match)
|
|
2920 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
2921
|
|
2922 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
2923 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
2924 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
2925 }
|
|
2926
|
|
2927 /*
|
|
2928 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
2929 */
|
|
2930 static void
|
|
2931 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
2932 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
2933 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
2934 {
|
|
2935 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
2936 *pos = *limit;
|
|
2937 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
2938 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
2939 }
|
|
2940
|
|
2941 /*
|
|
2942 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
2943 */
|
|
2944 static void
|
|
2945 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
2946 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
2947 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
2948 {
|
|
2949 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
2950 *pos = *limit;
|
|
2951 else
|
|
2952 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
2953 }
|
|
2954
|
|
2955 /*
|
|
2956 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
2957 */
|
|
2958 static void
|
|
2959 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
2960 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
2961 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
2962 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
2963 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
2964 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
2965 {
|
|
2966 int col;
|
626
|
2967 int len;
|
7
|
2968
|
|
2969 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
2970 {
|
|
2971 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
2972 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
2973 }
|
|
2974 else
|
|
2975 {
|
|
2976 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
2977 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
2978 }
|
|
2979 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
2980 if (col < 0)
|
|
2981 result->col = 0;
|
|
2982 else
|
626
|
2983 {
|
|
2984 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
|
640
|
2985 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
|
|
2986 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
2987 len = 0;
|
|
2988 else
|
|
2989 len = STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
|
626
|
2990 if (col > len)
|
|
2991 result->col = len;
|
|
2992 else
|
|
2993 result->col = col;
|
|
2994 }
|
7
|
2995 }
|
|
2996
|
|
2997 /*
|
|
2998 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
2999 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
3000 */
|
|
3001 static void
|
|
3002 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
3003 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
3004 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
3005 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
3006 int idx;
|
|
3007 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
3008 {
|
|
3009 int col;
|
|
3010
|
|
3011 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
3012 {
|
|
3013 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
3014 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
3015 }
|
|
3016 else
|
|
3017 {
|
|
3018 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
3019 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
3020 }
|
|
3021 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
3022 if (col < 0)
|
|
3023 result->col = 0;
|
|
3024 else
|
|
3025 result->col = col;
|
|
3026 }
|
|
3027
|
|
3028 /*
|
|
3029 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
3030 */
|
|
3031 static char_u *
|
|
3032 syn_getcurline()
|
|
3033 {
|
|
3034 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
3035 }
|
|
3036
|
|
3037 /*
|
410
|
3038 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
7
|
3039 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
3040 */
|
|
3041 static int
|
|
3042 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
3043 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
3044 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
3045 colnr_T col;
|
|
3046 {
|
410
|
3047 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
7
|
3048 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
3049 {
|
|
3050 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
3051 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
3052 return TRUE;
|
|
3053 }
|
|
3054 return FALSE;
|
|
3055 }
|
|
3056
|
|
3057 /*
|
|
3058 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
3059 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
3060 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
3061 */
|
|
3062 static int
|
|
3063 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
3064 char_u *line;
|
|
3065 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
3066 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
3067 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
3068 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
3069 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
3070 {
|
134
|
3071 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
3072 char_u *kwp;
|
7
|
3073 int round;
|
134
|
3074 int kwlen;
|
7
|
3075 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
134
|
3076 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
3077 hashitem_T *hi;
|
7
|
3078
|
|
3079 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
3080 * checked. */
|
134
|
3081 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
3082 kwlen = 0;
|
7
|
3083 do
|
|
3084 {
|
|
3085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3086 if (has_mbyte)
|
474
|
3087 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
|
7
|
3088 else
|
|
3089 #endif
|
134
|
3090 ++kwlen;
|
|
3091 }
|
|
3092 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
3093
|
|
3094 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
7
|
3095 return 0;
|
|
3096
|
|
3097 /*
|
|
3098 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
3099 * lowercase.
|
|
3100 */
|
419
|
3101 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
7
|
3102
|
|
3103 /*
|
|
3104 * Try twice:
|
|
3105 * 1. matching case
|
|
3106 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
3107 */
|
|
3108 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
3109 {
|
134
|
3110 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
3111 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
7
|
3112 continue;
|
134
|
3113 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
3114 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
7
|
3115
|
|
3116 /*
|
134
|
3117 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
3118 * attributes.
|
7
|
3119 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
3120 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
3121 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
3122 */
|
134
|
3123 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
3124 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
3125 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
7
|
3126 {
|
134
|
3127 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
3128 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
3129 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
3130 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
3131 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
3132 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
3133 {
|
|
3134 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
3135 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
3136 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
3137 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
3138 }
|
7
|
3139 }
|
|
3140 }
|
|
3141 return 0;
|
|
3142 }
|
|
3143
|
|
3144 /*
|
|
3145 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
3146 */
|
|
3147 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3148 static void
|
|
3149 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
3150 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3151 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3152 {
|
|
3153 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
3154 char_u *next;
|
|
3155
|
|
3156 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
3157 if (eap->skip)
|
|
3158 return;
|
|
3159
|
|
3160 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
3161 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
3162 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
3163 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
3164 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
3165 else
|
|
3166 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
3167 }
|
|
3168
|
|
3169 /*
|
419
|
3170 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
3171 */
|
|
3172 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3173 static void
|
|
3174 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
3175 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3176 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3177 {
|
|
3178 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
3179 char_u *next;
|
|
3180
|
|
3181 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
3182 if (eap->skip)
|
|
3183 return;
|
|
3184
|
|
3185 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
3186 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
3187 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
3188 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
3189 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
3190 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 4) == 0 && next - arg == 4)
|
|
3191 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
3192 else
|
|
3193 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
3194 }
|
|
3195
|
|
3196 /*
|
7
|
3197 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
3198 */
|
|
3199 void
|
|
3200 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
3201 buf_T *buf;
|
|
3202 {
|
|
3203 int i;
|
|
3204
|
482
|
3205 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
|
294
|
3206 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
419
|
3207 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
294
|
3208 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
7
|
3209
|
|
3210 /* free the keywords */
|
134
|
3211 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
3212 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
7
|
3213
|
|
3214 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
3215 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
3216 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
3217 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
3218
|
|
3219 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
3220 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
3221 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
3222 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
301
|
3223 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
3224 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
7
|
3225
|
|
3226 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
3227 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
3228 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
3229 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
3230
|
|
3231 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
3232 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
3233 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
3234 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
3235 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
3236 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
3237 #endif
|
|
3238
|
|
3239 /* free the stored states */
|
|
3240 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
3241 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
3242 }
|
|
3243
|
|
3244 /*
|
|
3245 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
3246 */
|
|
3247 static void
|
|
3248 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
3249 {
|
|
3250 int i;
|
|
3251
|
|
3252 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
3253 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
3254 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
3255 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
3256
|
|
3257 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
3258 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
3259 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
3260 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
3261
|
|
3262 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
3263 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
3264 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
3265 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
3266
|
|
3267 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
3268 }
|
|
3269
|
|
3270 /*
|
|
3271 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
3272 */
|
|
3273 static void
|
|
3274 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
3275 buf_T *buf;
|
|
3276 int idx;
|
|
3277 {
|
|
3278 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
3279
|
|
3280 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
3281 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
3282 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
3283 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
3284 #endif
|
|
3285 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
3286 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
3287 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
3288 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
3289 }
|
|
3290
|
|
3291 /*
|
|
3292 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
3293 * last to first!
|
|
3294 */
|
|
3295 static void
|
|
3296 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
3297 buf_T *buf;
|
|
3298 int i;
|
|
3299 {
|
|
3300 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
3301 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
3302 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
3303 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
3304 {
|
|
3305 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
3306 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
3307 }
|
|
3308 }
|
|
3309
|
|
3310 /*
|
|
3311 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
3312 */
|
|
3313 static void
|
|
3314 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
3315 buf_T *buf;
|
|
3316 int i;
|
|
3317 {
|
|
3318 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
3319 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
3320 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
3321 }
|
|
3322
|
|
3323 /*
|
|
3324 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
3325 */
|
|
3326 static void
|
|
3327 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
3328 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3329 int syncing;
|
|
3330 {
|
|
3331 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
3332 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
3333 int id;
|
|
3334
|
|
3335 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
3336 if (eap->skip)
|
|
3337 return;
|
|
3338
|
|
3339 /*
|
|
3340 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
3341 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
3342 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
3343 * clear".
|
|
3344 */
|
|
3345 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
3346 return;
|
|
3347
|
|
3348 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
3349 {
|
|
3350 /*
|
|
3351 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
3352 */
|
|
3353 if (syncing)
|
|
3354 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
3355 else
|
|
3356 {
|
|
3357 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
148
|
3358 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
7
|
3359 }
|
|
3360 }
|
|
3361 else
|
|
3362 {
|
|
3363 /*
|
|
3364 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
3365 */
|
|
3366 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
3367 {
|
|
3368 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
3369 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
3370 {
|
|
3371 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
3372 if (id == 0)
|
|
3373 {
|
|
3374 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
3375 break;
|
|
3376 }
|
|
3377 else
|
|
3378 {
|
|
3379 /*
|
|
3380 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
3381 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
3382 * and make it empty.
|
|
3383 */
|
|
3384 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
3385
|
|
3386 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
3387 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
3388 }
|
|
3389 }
|
|
3390 else
|
|
3391 {
|
|
3392 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
3393 if (id == 0)
|
|
3394 {
|
|
3395 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
3396 break;
|
|
3397 }
|
|
3398 else
|
|
3399 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
3400 }
|
|
3401 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
3402 }
|
|
3403 }
|
745
|
3404 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
3405 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
3406 }
|
|
3407
|
|
3408 /*
|
|
3409 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
3410 */
|
|
3411 static void
|
|
3412 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
3413 int id;
|
|
3414 int syncing;
|
|
3415 {
|
|
3416 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
3417 int idx;
|
|
3418
|
|
3419 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
3420 if (!syncing)
|
|
3421 {
|
134
|
3422 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
3423 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
7
|
3424 }
|
|
3425
|
|
3426 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
3427 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
3428 {
|
|
3429 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
3430 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
3431 continue;
|
|
3432 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
3433 }
|
|
3434 }
|
|
3435
|
|
3436 /*
|
|
3437 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
3438 */
|
|
3439 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3440 static void
|
|
3441 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
3442 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3443 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3444 {
|
|
3445 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
3446 }
|
|
3447
|
|
3448 /*
|
|
3449 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
3450 */
|
|
3451 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3452 static void
|
|
3453 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
3454 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3455 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3456 {
|
|
3457 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
3458 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
148
|
3459 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
7
|
3460 }
|
|
3461
|
|
3462 /*
|
|
3463 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
3464 */
|
|
3465 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3466 static void
|
|
3467 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
3468 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3469 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3470 {
|
|
3471 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
3472 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
3473 {
|
|
3474 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
3475 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
148
|
3476 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
7
|
3477 }
|
|
3478 }
|
|
3479
|
|
3480 /*
|
|
3481 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
3482 */
|
|
3483 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3484 static void
|
|
3485 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
3486 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3487 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3488 {
|
|
3489 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
3490 }
|
|
3491
|
|
3492 /*
|
|
3493 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
3494 */
|
|
3495 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
3496 static void
|
|
3497 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
3498 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3499 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
3500 {
|
|
3501 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
3502 }
|
|
3503
|
|
3504 static void
|
|
3505 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
3506 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3507 char *name;
|
|
3508 {
|
|
3509 char_u buf[100];
|
|
3510
|
|
3511 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
3512 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
3513 {
|
|
3514 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
274
|
3515 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
7
|
3516 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
3517 }
|
|
3518 }
|
|
3519
|
|
3520 /*
|
|
3521 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
3522 */
|
|
3523 static void
|
|
3524 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
3525 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
3526 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
3527 {
|
|
3528 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
3529 int id;
|
|
3530 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
3531
|
|
3532 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
3533 if (eap->skip)
|
|
3534 return;
|
|
3535
|
|
3536 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
3537 {
|
|
3538 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
3539 return;
|
|
3540 }
|
|
3541
|
|
3542 if (syncing)
|
|
3543 {
|
|
3544 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
3545 {
|
|
3546 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
3547 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
3548 syn_match_msg();
|
|
3549 return;
|
|
3550 }
|
|
3551 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
3552 {
|
|
3553 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
3554 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
3555 else
|
|
3556 {
|
|
3557 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
3558 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
3559 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
3560 syn_match_msg();
|
|
3561 }
|
|
3562 return;
|
|
3563 }
|
|
3564 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
3565 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
3566 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
3567 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
3568 {
|
|
3569 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
3570 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
3571 syn_match_msg();
|
|
3572 }
|
|
3573 }
|
|
3574 else
|
|
3575 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
3576 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
3577 {
|
|
3578 /*
|
|
3579 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
3580 */
|
|
3581 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
3582 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
3583 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
3584 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
3585 }
|
|
3586 else
|
|
3587 {
|
|
3588 /*
|
|
3589 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
3590 */
|
|
3591 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
3592 {
|
|
3593 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
3594 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
3595 {
|
|
3596 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
3597 if (id == 0)
|
|
3598 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
3599 else
|
|
3600 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
3601 }
|
|
3602 else
|
|
3603 {
|
|
3604 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
3605 if (id == 0)
|
|
3606 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
3607 else
|
|
3608 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
3609 }
|
|
3610 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
3611 }
|
|
3612 }
|
|
3613 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
3614 }
|
|
3615
|
|
3616 static void
|
|
3617 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
3618 {
|
|
3619 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
3620 {
|
|
3621 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
3622 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
3623 {
|
|
3624 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
3625 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
3626 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
3627 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
3628 }
|
|
3629 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
3630 {
|
|
3631 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
3632 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
3633 }
|
|
3634 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
3635 }
|
|
3636 }
|
|
3637
|
|
3638 static void
|
|
3639 syn_match_msg()
|
|
3640 {
|
|
3641 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
3642 {
|
|
3643 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
3644 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
3645 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
3646 }
|
|
3647 }
|
|
3648
|
|
3649 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
3650
|
|
3651 struct name_list
|
|
3652 {
|
|
3653 int flag;
|
|
3654 char *name;
|
|
3655 };
|
|
3656
|
|
3657 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
3658
|
|
3659 /*
|
|
3660 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
3661 */
|
|
3662 static void
|
|
3663 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
3664 int id;
|
|
3665 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
3666 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
3667 {
|
|
3668 int attr;
|
|
3669 int idx;
|
|
3670 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
3671 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
3672 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
3673 {
|
|
3674 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
3675 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
3676 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
3677 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
3678 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
3679 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
3680 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
3681 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
3682 {0, NULL}
|
|
3683 };
|
|
3684 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
3685 {
|
|
3686 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
3687 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
3688 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
3689 {0, NULL}
|
|
3690 };
|
|
3691
|
|
3692 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
3693
|
|
3694 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
3695 if (!syncing)
|
|
3696 {
|
134
|
3697 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
3698 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
7
|
3699 did_header, attr);
|
|
3700 }
|
|
3701
|
|
3702 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
3703 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
3704 {
|
|
3705 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
3706 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
3707 continue;
|
|
3708
|
|
3709 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
3710 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
3711 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
3712 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
3713 {
|
|
3714 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
3715 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3716 }
|
|
3717 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
3718 {
|
|
3719 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
3720 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
3721 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
3722 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
3723 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
3724 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
3725 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
3726 --idx;
|
|
3727 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3728 }
|
|
3729 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
3730
|
|
3731 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
3732 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
3733
|
|
3734 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
3735 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
3736 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
3737
|
|
3738 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
3739 {
|
|
3740 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
3741 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
3742 }
|
|
3743 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
3744 {
|
|
3745 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
3746 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
3747 else
|
|
3748 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
3749 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3750 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
3751 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
3752 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
3753 else
|
|
3754 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
3755 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3756 }
|
|
3757 }
|
|
3758
|
|
3759 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
3760 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
3761 {
|
|
3762 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
3763 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
3764 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3765 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
3766 }
|
|
3767 }
|
|
3768
|
|
3769 static void
|
|
3770 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
3771 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
3772 int flags;
|
|
3773 int attr;
|
|
3774 {
|
|
3775 int i;
|
|
3776
|
|
3777 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
3778 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
3779 {
|
|
3780 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
3781 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3782 }
|
|
3783 }
|
|
3784
|
|
3785 /*
|
|
3786 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
3787 */
|
|
3788 static void
|
|
3789 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
3790 int id;
|
|
3791 {
|
|
3792 int endcol = 15;
|
|
3793
|
|
3794 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
3795 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
3796 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
3797
|
|
3798 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
3799 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
3800 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
3801 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
3802
|
|
3803 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
3804 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
3805 {
|
|
3806 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
3807 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
3808 }
|
|
3809 else
|
|
3810 {
|
|
3811 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
3812 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
3813 }
|
|
3814 }
|
|
3815
|
|
3816 static void
|
|
3817 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
3818 char_u *name;
|
|
3819 short *list;
|
|
3820 int attr;
|
|
3821 {
|
|
3822 short *p;
|
|
3823
|
|
3824 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
3825 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
3826 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
3827 {
|
|
3828 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
3829 {
|
|
3830 if (p[1])
|
|
3831 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
3832 else
|
|
3833 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
3834 }
|
|
3835 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
3836 {
|
|
3837 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
3838 }
|
|
3839 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
3840 {
|
|
3841 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
3842 }
|
|
3843 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
3844 {
|
|
3845 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
3846
|
|
3847 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
3848 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
3849 }
|
|
3850 else
|
|
3851 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
3852 if (p[1])
|
|
3853 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
3854 }
|
|
3855 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3856 }
|
|
3857
|
|
3858 static void
|
|
3859 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
3860 char *s;
|
|
3861 int c;
|
|
3862 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
3863 int attr;
|
|
3864 {
|
|
3865 long n;
|
|
3866 int mask;
|
|
3867 int first;
|
|
3868 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
3869 int i;
|
|
3870
|
|
3871 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
3872 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
3873 {
|
|
3874 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
3875 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
3876 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
3877 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
3878 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
3879 else
|
|
3880 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
3881 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3882 }
|
|
3883
|
|
3884 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
3885 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
3886 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
3887
|
|
3888 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
3889 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
3890 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
3891 {
|
|
3892 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
3893 break;
|
|
3894 }
|
|
3895 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
3896 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
3897 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
3898
|
|
3899 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
3900 first = TRUE;
|
|
3901 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
3902 {
|
|
3903 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
3904 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
3905 {
|
|
3906 if (!first)
|
|
3907 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
3908 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
3909 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
3910 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
3911 {
|
|
3912 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
3913 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
3914 else
|
|
3915 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
3916 if (n > 0)
|
|
3917 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
3918 }
|
|
3919 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
3920 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
3921 first = FALSE;
|
|
3922 }
|
|
3923 }
|
|
3924 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3925 }
|
|
3926
|
|
3927 /*
|
|
3928 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
3929 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
3930 */
|
|
3931 static int
|
134
|
3932 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
7
|
3933 int id;
|
134
|
3934 hashtab_T *ht;
|
7
|
3935 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
3936 int attr;
|
|
3937 {
|
|
3938 int outlen;
|
134
|
3939 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
3940 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
3941 int todo;
|
7
|
3942 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
3943 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
3944 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
3945 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
3946 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
3947 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
3948
|
|
3949 /*
|
|
3950 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
3951 * hash value...
|
|
3952 */
|
134
|
3953 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
3954 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
3955 {
|
|
3956 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
3957 {
|
|
3958 --todo;
|
|
3959 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
7
|
3960 {
|
134
|
3961 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
7
|
3962 {
|
134
|
3963 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
3964 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
3965 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
3966 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
3967 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
3968 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
3969 outlen = 9999;
|
|
3970 else
|
|
3971 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
3972 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
3973 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
3974 {
|
|
3975 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
3976 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
3977 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
3978 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
3979 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
3980 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
3981 }
|
|
3982 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
3983 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
3984 {
|
|
3985 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
3986 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3987 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
3988 }
|
|
3989 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
3990 {
|
|
3991 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
3992 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
3993 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
3994 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
3995 }
|
|
3996 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
3997 {
|
|
3998 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
3999 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
4000 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
4001 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
4002 {
|
|
4003 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
4004 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
4005 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
4006 }
|
|
4007 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
4008 {
|
|
4009 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
4010 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
4011 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
4012 }
|
|
4013 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
4014 {
|
|
4015 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
4016 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
4017 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
4018 }
|
|
4019 }
|
|
4020 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
7
|
4021 }
|
|
4022 }
|
|
4023 }
|
|
4024 }
|
|
4025
|
|
4026 return did_header;
|
|
4027 }
|
|
4028
|
|
4029 static void
|
134
|
4030 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
7
|
4031 int id;
|
134
|
4032 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
4033 {
|
|
4034 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
4035 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
4036 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
4037 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
4038 int todo;
|
|
4039
|
|
4040 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
4041 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
4042 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
4043 {
|
|
4044 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
4045 {
|
|
4046 --todo;
|
|
4047 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
4048 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
7
|
4049 {
|
134
|
4050 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
4051 {
|
|
4052 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
4053 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
4054 {
|
|
4055 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
4056 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
4057 else
|
|
4058 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
4059 }
|
|
4060 else
|
|
4061 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
4062 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
4063 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
4064 vim_free(kp);
|
|
4065 kp = kp_next;
|
|
4066 }
|
7
|
4067 else
|
134
|
4068 {
|
|
4069 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
4070 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
4071 }
|
7
|
4072 }
|
134
|
4073 }
|
|
4074 }
|
|
4075 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
4076 }
|
|
4077
|
|
4078 /*
|
|
4079 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
7
|
4080 */
|
|
4081 static void
|
134
|
4082 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
4083 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
4084 {
|
|
4085 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
4086 int todo;
|
|
4087 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
4088 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
4089
|
|
4090 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
4091 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
4092 {
|
|
4093 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
4094 {
|
|
4095 --todo;
|
|
4096 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
4097 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
7
|
4098 {
|
134
|
4099 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
4100 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
4101 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
4102 vim_free(kp);
|
7
|
4103 }
|
134
|
4104 }
|
|
4105 }
|
|
4106 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
4107 hash_init(ht);
|
7
|
4108 }
|
|
4109
|
|
4110 /*
|
|
4111 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
4112 */
|
|
4113 static void
|
|
4114 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
4115 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
4116 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
4117 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
4118 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
4119 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
4120 {
|
134
|
4121 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
4122 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
4123 hashitem_T *hi;
|
154
|
4124 char_u *name_ic;
|
134
|
4125 long_u hash;
|
154
|
4126 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
7
|
4127
|
|
4128 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
154
|
4129 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
4130 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
4131 else
|
|
4132 name_ic = name;
|
134
|
4133 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
4134 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
4135 return;
|
|
4136 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
4137 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
4138 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
4139 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
4140 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
4141 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
4142 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
4143 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
4144
|
|
4145 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
4146 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
7
|
4147 else
|
134
|
4148 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
4149
|
|
4150 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
4151 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
4152 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
4153 {
|
|
4154 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
4155 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
4156 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
4157 }
|
|
4158 else
|
|
4159 {
|
|
4160 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
4161 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
4162 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
4163 }
|
7
|
4164 }
|
|
4165
|
|
4166 /*
|
|
4167 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
4168 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
4169 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
4170 */
|
|
4171 static char_u *
|
|
4172 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
4173 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
4174 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
4175 {
|
|
4176 char_u *rest;
|
|
4177
|
|
4178 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
4179 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
4180
|
|
4181 /*
|
|
4182 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
4183 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
4184 */
|
|
4185 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
4186 return NULL;
|
|
4187 return rest;
|
|
4188 }
|
|
4189
|
|
4190 /*
|
|
4191 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
4192 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
4193 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
4194 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
4195 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
4196 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
4197 */
|
|
4198 static char_u *
|
154
|
4199 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
4200 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
4201 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
4202 {
|
7
|
4203 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
4204 int syn_id;
|
|
4205 int len;
|
154
|
4206 char *p;
|
7
|
4207 int i;
|
|
4208 int fidx;
|
|
4209 static struct flag
|
|
4210 {
|
|
4211 char *name;
|
154
|
4212 int argtype;
|
|
4213 int flags;
|
|
4214 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
4215 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
4216 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
4217 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
4218 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
4219 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
4220 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
4221 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
4222 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
4223 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
4224 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
4225 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
4226 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
4227 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
4228 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
4229 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
7
|
4230 };
|
154
|
4231 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
7
|
4232
|
|
4233 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
4234 return NULL;
|
|
4235
|
|
4236 for (;;)
|
|
4237 {
|
154
|
4238 /*
|
|
4239 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
4240 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
4241 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
4242 */
|
|
4243 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
4244 break;
|
7
|
4245
|
|
4246 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
4247 {
|
154
|
4248 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
4249 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
4250 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
4251 break;
|
|
4252 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
4253 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
4254 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
4255 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
7
|
4256 {
|
154
|
4257 if (opt->keyword
|
|
4258 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
4259 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
4260 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
7
|
4261 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
4262 fidx = -1;
|
|
4263 break;
|
|
4264 }
|
|
4265 }
|
154
|
4266 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
4267 break;
|
|
4268
|
|
4269 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
4270 {
|
|
4271 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
7
|
4272 {
|
|
4273 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
4274 return NULL;
|
|
4275 }
|
154
|
4276 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
7
|
4277 return NULL;
|
|
4278 }
|
154
|
4279 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
4280 {
|
|
4281 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
4282 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
7
|
4283 {
|
|
4284 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
4285 return NULL;
|
|
4286 }
|
154
|
4287 #endif
|
|
4288 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
7
|
4289 return NULL;
|
|
4290 }
|
154
|
4291 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
4292 {
|
|
4293 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
7
|
4294 return NULL;
|
|
4295 }
|
|
4296 else
|
154
|
4297 {
|
|
4298 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
4299 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
4300
|
|
4301 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
4302 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
4303 {
|
|
4304 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
4305 {
|
|
4306 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
4307 return NULL;
|
|
4308 }
|
|
4309 gname_start = arg;
|
|
4310 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
4311 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
4312 return NULL;
|
|
4313 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
4314 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
4315 return NULL;
|
|
4316 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
4317 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
4318 else
|
|
4319 {
|
|
4320 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
4321 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
4322 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
4323 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
4324 {
|
|
4325 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
4326 break;
|
|
4327 }
|
|
4328 if (i < 0)
|
|
4329 {
|
|
4330 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
4331 vim_free(gname);
|
|
4332 return NULL;
|
|
4333 }
|
|
4334 }
|
|
4335
|
|
4336 vim_free(gname);
|
|
4337 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
4338 }
|
|
4339 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
4340 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
4341 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
4342 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
4343 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
4344 #endif
|
|
4345 }
|
|
4346 }
|
7
|
4347
|
|
4348 return arg;
|
|
4349 }
|
|
4350
|
|
4351 /*
|
|
4352 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
4353 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
4354 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
4355 */
|
|
4356 static void
|
|
4357 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
4358 int id;
|
|
4359 int *flagsp;
|
|
4360 {
|
|
4361 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
4362 return;
|
|
4363 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
4364 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
4365 {
|
|
4366 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
4367 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
4368 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
4369
|
|
4370 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
4371 {
|
|
4372 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
4373 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
4374 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
4375 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
4376 }
|
|
4377 }
|
|
4378 }
|
|
4379
|
|
4380 /*
|
|
4381 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
4382 */
|
|
4383 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
4384 static void
|
|
4385 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
4386 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
4387 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
4388 {
|
|
4389 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
4390 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
4391 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
4392 char_u *rest;
|
|
4393 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
4394 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
4395 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
4396 int source = FALSE;
|
|
4397
|
|
4398 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
4399 if (eap->skip)
|
|
4400 return;
|
|
4401
|
|
4402 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
4403 {
|
|
4404 ++arg;
|
|
4405 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
4406 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
4407 {
|
|
4408 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
4409 return;
|
|
4410 }
|
|
4411 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
4412 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
4413 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
4414 }
|
|
4415
|
|
4416 /*
|
|
4417 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
4418 * filename to include.
|
|
4419 */
|
|
4420 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
4421 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
4422 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
4423 {
|
|
4424 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
4425 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
4426 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
4427 source = TRUE;
|
|
4428 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
4429 {
|
|
4430 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
4431 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
4432 return;
|
|
4433 }
|
|
4434 }
|
|
4435
|
|
4436 /*
|
|
4437 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
4438 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
4439 */
|
|
4440 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
4441 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
4442 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
4443 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
4444 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
819
|
4445 : source_runtime(eap->arg, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL)
|
7
|
4446 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
4447 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
4448 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
4449 }
|
|
4450
|
|
4451 /*
|
|
4452 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
4453 */
|
|
4454 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
4455 static void
|
|
4456 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
4457 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
4458 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
4459 {
|
|
4460 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
4461 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
4462 int syn_id;
|
|
4463 char_u *rest;
|
|
4464 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
4465 char_u *p;
|
154
|
4466 char_u *kw;
|
|
4467 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
4468 int cnt;
|
7
|
4469
|
|
4470 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
4471
|
|
4472 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
4473 {
|
|
4474 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
4475
|
|
4476 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
4477 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
4478 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
4479 {
|
154
|
4480 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
4481 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
4482 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
4483 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
4484 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
4485 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
4486
|
7
|
4487 /*
|
|
4488 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
4489 * found before keywords can be created.
|
154
|
4490 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
7
|
4491 */
|
154
|
4492 cnt = 0;
|
|
4493 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
4494 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
7
|
4495 {
|
154
|
4496 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
4497 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
4498 break;
|
|
4499 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
4500 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
4501 {
|
|
4502 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
4503 ++rest;
|
|
4504 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
4505 }
|
|
4506 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
4507 ++cnt;
|
|
4508 }
|
|
4509
|
|
4510 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
4511 {
|
|
4512 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
4513 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
4514
|
7
|
4515 /*
|
154
|
4516 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
7
|
4517 */
|
154
|
4518 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
7
|
4519 {
|
154
|
4520 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
7
|
4521 {
|
154
|
4522 if (p != NULL)
|
|
4523 *p = NUL;
|
|
4524 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
4525 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
4526 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
168
|
4527 if (p == NULL)
|
|
4528 break;
|
|
4529 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
4530 {
|
|
4531 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
4532 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
154
|
4533 break;
|
168
|
4534 }
|
|
4535 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
4536 {
|
|
4537 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
4538 break;
|
|
4539 }
|
154
|
4540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4541 if (has_mbyte)
|
7
|
4542 {
|
474
|
4543 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
|
154
|
4544
|
|
4545 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
4546 p += l;
|
|
4547 }
|
|
4548 else
|
7
|
4549 #endif
|
154
|
4550 {
|
|
4551 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
4552 ++p;
|
7
|
4553 }
|
|
4554 }
|
|
4555 }
|
|
4556 }
|
154
|
4557
|
7
|
4558 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
168
|
4559 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
4560 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
7
|
4561 }
|
|
4562 }
|
|
4563
|
|
4564 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
4565 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
4566 else
|
|
4567 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
4568
|
745
|
4569 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
4570 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
4571 }
|
|
4572
|
|
4573 /*
|
|
4574 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
4575 *
|
|
4576 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
4577 */
|
|
4578 static void
|
|
4579 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
4580 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
4581 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
4582 {
|
|
4583 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
4584 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
4585 char_u *rest;
|
|
4586 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
4587 int syn_id;
|
|
4588 int idx;
|
154
|
4589 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
7
|
4590 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
4591
|
|
4592 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
4593 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
4594
|
|
4595 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
154
|
4596 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
4597 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
4598 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
4599 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
4600 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
4601 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
4602 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
4603 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
7
|
4604
|
|
4605 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
4606 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
4607 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
4608 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
154
|
4609 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
4610 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
7
|
4611
|
|
4612 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
154
|
4613 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
7
|
4614
|
|
4615 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
4616 {
|
|
4617 /*
|
|
4618 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
4619 */
|
|
4620 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
4621 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
4622 rest = NULL;
|
|
4623 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
4624 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
4625 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
4626 {
|
154
|
4627 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
7
|
4628 /*
|
|
4629 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
4630 */
|
|
4631 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
4632 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
4633 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
4634 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
4635 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
4636 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
154
|
4637 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
7
|
4638 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
154
|
4639 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
4640 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
4641 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
4642 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
7
|
4643 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
154
|
4644 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
7
|
4645 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
4646
|
|
4647 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
154
|
4648 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
7
|
4649 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
4650 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
154
|
4651 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
7
|
4652 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
4653 #endif
|
|
4654
|
745
|
4655 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
4656 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
4657 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
4658 }
|
|
4659 }
|
|
4660
|
|
4661 /*
|
|
4662 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
4663 */
|
|
4664 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
4665 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
154
|
4666 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
4667 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
4668 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
7
|
4669
|
|
4670 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
4671 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
4672 }
|
|
4673
|
|
4674 /*
|
|
4675 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
4676 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
4677 */
|
|
4678 static void
|
|
4679 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
4680 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
4681 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
4682 {
|
|
4683 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
4684 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
4685 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
4686 char_u *key_end;
|
|
4687 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
4688 char_u *p;
|
|
4689 int item;
|
|
4690 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
4691 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
4692 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
4693 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
4694 struct pat_ptr
|
|
4695 {
|
|
4696 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
4697 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
4698 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
4699 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
4700 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
4701 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
4702 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
4703 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
4704 int syn_id;
|
|
4705 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
4706 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
4707 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
4708 int success = FALSE;
|
|
4709 int idx;
|
154
|
4710 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
7
|
4711
|
|
4712 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
4713 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
4714
|
|
4715 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
4716 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
4717 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
4718
|
|
4719 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
4720
|
154
|
4721 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
4722 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
4723 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
4724 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
4725 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
4726 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
4727 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
4728
|
7
|
4729 /*
|
|
4730 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
4731 */
|
|
4732 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
4733 {
|
|
4734 /* Check for option arguments */
|
154
|
4735 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
7
|
4736 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
4737 break;
|
|
4738
|
|
4739 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
4740 key_end = rest;
|
|
4741 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
4742 ++key_end;
|
|
4743 vim_free(key);
|
|
4744 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
4745 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
4746 {
|
|
4747 rest = NULL;
|
|
4748 break;
|
|
4749 }
|
|
4750 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
4751 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
4752 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
4753 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
4754 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
4755 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
4756 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
4757 {
|
|
4758 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
4759 {
|
|
4760 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
4761 break;
|
|
4762 }
|
|
4763 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
4764 }
|
|
4765 else
|
|
4766 break;
|
|
4767 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
4768 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
4769 {
|
|
4770 rest = NULL;
|
|
4771 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
4772 break;
|
|
4773 }
|
|
4774 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
4775 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
4776 {
|
|
4777 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
4778 break;
|
|
4779 }
|
|
4780
|
|
4781 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
4782 {
|
|
4783 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
4784 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
4785 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
4786 else
|
|
4787 {
|
|
4788 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
4789 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
4790 {
|
|
4791 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
4792 break;
|
|
4793 }
|
|
4794 }
|
|
4795 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
4796 }
|
|
4797 else
|
|
4798 {
|
|
4799 /*
|
|
4800 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
4801 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
4802 * used from end to start).
|
|
4803 */
|
|
4804 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
4805 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
4806 {
|
|
4807 rest = NULL;
|
|
4808 break;
|
|
4809 }
|
|
4810 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
4811 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
4812 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
4813 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
4814 {
|
|
4815 rest = NULL;
|
|
4816 break;
|
|
4817 }
|
|
4818
|
|
4819 /*
|
|
4820 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
4821 */
|
|
4822 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
4823 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
4824 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
4825 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
4826 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
4827 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
4828 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
4829 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
154
|
4830 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
7
|
4831 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
4832 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
4833 ++pat_count;
|
|
4834 }
|
|
4835 }
|
|
4836 vim_free(key);
|
|
4837 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
4838 rest = NULL;
|
|
4839
|
|
4840 /*
|
|
4841 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
4842 */
|
|
4843 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
4844 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
4845 {
|
|
4846 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
4847 rest = NULL;
|
|
4848 }
|
|
4849
|
|
4850 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
4851 {
|
|
4852 /*
|
|
4853 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
4854 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
4855 */
|
|
4856 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
4857 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
4858 rest = NULL;
|
|
4859 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
4860 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
4861 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
4862 {
|
154
|
4863 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
7
|
4864 /*
|
|
4865 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
4866 */
|
|
4867 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
4868 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
4869 {
|
|
4870 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
4871 {
|
|
4872 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
4873 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
4874 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
4875 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
4876 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
154
|
4877 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
7
|
4878 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
4879 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
4880 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
4881 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
4882 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
4883 {
|
154
|
4884 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
4885 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
7
|
4886 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
154
|
4887 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
4888 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
7
|
4889 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
154
|
4890 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
4891 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
7
|
4892 }
|
|
4893 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
4894 ++idx;
|
|
4895 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
154
|
4896 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
7
|
4897 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
4898 #endif
|
|
4899 }
|
|
4900 }
|
|
4901
|
745
|
4902 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
4903 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
4904 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
4905 }
|
|
4906 }
|
|
4907
|
|
4908 /*
|
|
4909 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
4910 */
|
|
4911 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
4912 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
4913 {
|
|
4914 if (!success)
|
|
4915 {
|
|
4916 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
4917 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
4918 }
|
|
4919 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
4920 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
4921 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
4922 }
|
|
4923
|
|
4924 if (!success)
|
|
4925 {
|
154
|
4926 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
4927 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
4928 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
7
|
4929 if (not_enough)
|
|
4930 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
4931 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
4932 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
4933 }
|
|
4934 }
|
|
4935
|
|
4936 /*
|
|
4937 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
4938 */
|
|
4939 static int
|
|
4940 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
4941 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
4942 #endif
|
|
4943 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
4944 const void *v1;
|
|
4945 const void *v2;
|
|
4946 {
|
|
4947 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
4948 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
4949
|
|
4950 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
4951 }
|
|
4952
|
|
4953 /*
|
|
4954 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
4955 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
4956 */
|
|
4957 static void
|
|
4958 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
4959 short **clstr1;
|
|
4960 short **clstr2;
|
|
4961 int list_op;
|
|
4962 {
|
|
4963 int count1 = 0;
|
|
4964 int count2 = 0;
|
|
4965 short *g1;
|
|
4966 short *g2;
|
|
4967 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
4968 int count;
|
|
4969 int round;
|
|
4970
|
|
4971 /*
|
|
4972 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
4973 */
|
|
4974 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
4975 return;
|
|
4976 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
4977 {
|
|
4978 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
4979 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
4980 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
4981 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
4982 else
|
|
4983 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
4984 return;
|
|
4985 }
|
|
4986
|
|
4987 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
4988 ++count1;
|
|
4989 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
4990 ++count2;
|
|
4991
|
|
4992 /*
|
|
4993 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
4994 */
|
|
4995 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
4996 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
4997
|
|
4998 /*
|
|
4999 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
5000 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
5001 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
5002 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
5003 */
|
|
5004 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
5005 {
|
|
5006 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
5007 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
5008 count = 0;
|
|
5009
|
|
5010 /*
|
|
5011 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
5012 */
|
|
5013 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
5014 {
|
|
5015 /*
|
|
5016 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
5017 */
|
|
5018 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
5019 {
|
|
5020 if (round == 2)
|
|
5021 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
5022 count++;
|
|
5023 g1++;
|
|
5024 continue;
|
|
5025 }
|
|
5026 /*
|
|
5027 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
5028 * lists.
|
|
5029 */
|
|
5030 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
5031 {
|
|
5032 if (round == 2)
|
|
5033 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
5034 count++;
|
|
5035 }
|
|
5036 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
5037 g1++;
|
|
5038 g2++;
|
|
5039 }
|
|
5040
|
|
5041 /*
|
|
5042 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
5043 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
5044 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
5045 */
|
|
5046 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
5047 if (round == 2)
|
|
5048 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
5049 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
5050 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
5051 if (round == 2)
|
|
5052 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
5053
|
|
5054 if (round == 1)
|
|
5055 {
|
|
5056 /*
|
|
5057 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
5058 * space for it.
|
|
5059 */
|
|
5060 if (count == 0)
|
|
5061 {
|
|
5062 clstr = NULL;
|
|
5063 break;
|
|
5064 }
|
|
5065 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
5066 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
5067 break;
|
|
5068 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
5069 }
|
|
5070 }
|
|
5071
|
|
5072 /*
|
|
5073 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
5074 */
|
|
5075 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
5076 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
5077 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
5078 }
|
|
5079
|
|
5080 /*
|
|
5081 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
5082 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
5083 */
|
|
5084 static int
|
|
5085 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
5086 char_u *name;
|
|
5087 {
|
|
5088 int i;
|
|
5089 char_u *name_u;
|
|
5090
|
|
5091 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
5092 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
5093 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
5094 return 0;
|
|
5095 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
5096 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
5097 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
5098 break;
|
|
5099 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
5100 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
5101 }
|
|
5102
|
|
5103 /*
|
|
5104 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
5105 */
|
|
5106 static int
|
|
5107 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
5108 char_u *linep;
|
|
5109 int len;
|
|
5110 {
|
|
5111 char_u *name;
|
|
5112 int id = 0;
|
|
5113
|
|
5114 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
5115 if (name != NULL)
|
|
5116 {
|
|
5117 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
5118 vim_free(name);
|
|
5119 }
|
|
5120 return id;
|
|
5121 }
|
|
5122
|
|
5123 /*
|
|
5124 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
5125 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
5126 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
5127 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
5128 */
|
|
5129 static int
|
|
5130 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
5131 char_u *pp;
|
|
5132 int len;
|
|
5133 {
|
|
5134 int id;
|
|
5135 char_u *name;
|
|
5136
|
|
5137 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
5138 if (name == NULL)
|
|
5139 return 0;
|
|
5140
|
|
5141 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
5142 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
5143 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
5144 else
|
|
5145 vim_free(name);
|
|
5146 return id;
|
|
5147 }
|
|
5148
|
|
5149 /*
|
|
5150 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
5151 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
5152 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
5153 */
|
|
5154 static int
|
|
5155 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
221
|
5156 char_u *name;
|
|
5157 {
|
|
5158 int len;
|
7
|
5159
|
|
5160 /*
|
|
5161 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
5162 */
|
|
5163 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
5164 {
|
221
|
5165 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
7
|
5166 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
5167 }
|
|
5168
|
|
5169 /*
|
|
5170 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
5171 */
|
|
5172 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
5173 {
|
|
5174 vim_free(name);
|
|
5175 return 0;
|
|
5176 }
|
|
5177 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
5178
|
221
|
5179 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
7
|
5180 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
5181 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
5182 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
5183 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
5184
|
221
|
5185 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
5186 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
227
|
5187 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
5188 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
221
|
5189
|
7
|
5190 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
5191 }
|
|
5192
|
|
5193 /*
|
|
5194 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
5195 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
5196 */
|
|
5197 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
5198 static void
|
|
5199 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
5200 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
5201 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
5202 {
|
|
5203 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
5204 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
5205 char_u *rest;
|
|
5206 int scl_id;
|
|
5207 short *clstr_list;
|
|
5208 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
5209 int opt_len;
|
|
5210 int list_op;
|
|
5211
|
|
5212 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
5213 if (eap->skip)
|
|
5214 return;
|
|
5215
|
|
5216 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
5217
|
|
5218 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
5219 {
|
|
5220 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
221
|
5221 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
7
|
5222
|
|
5223 for (;;)
|
|
5224 {
|
|
5225 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
5226 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
5227 {
|
|
5228 opt_len = 3;
|
|
5229 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
5230 }
|
|
5231 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
5232 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
5233 {
|
|
5234 opt_len = 6;
|
|
5235 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
5236 }
|
|
5237 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
5238 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
5239 {
|
|
5240 opt_len = 8;
|
|
5241 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
5242 }
|
|
5243 else
|
|
5244 break;
|
|
5245
|
|
5246 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
5247 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
5248 {
|
|
5249 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
5250 break;
|
|
5251 }
|
|
5252 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
5253 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
5254 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
5255 }
|
|
5256
|
|
5257 if (got_clstr)
|
|
5258 {
|
745
|
5259 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
5260 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
5261 }
|
|
5262 }
|
|
5263
|
|
5264 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
5265 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
5266 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
5267 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
5268 }
|
|
5269
|
|
5270 /*
|
|
5271 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
5272 */
|
|
5273 static void
|
|
5274 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
5275 {
|
|
5276 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
5277 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
5278 }
|
|
5279
|
|
5280 /*
|
|
5281 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
5282 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
5283 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
5284 */
|
|
5285 static char_u *
|
|
5286 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
5287 char_u *arg;
|
|
5288 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
5289 {
|
|
5290 char_u *end;
|
|
5291 int *p;
|
|
5292 int idx;
|
|
5293 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
5294
|
|
5295 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
5296 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
5297 return NULL;
|
|
5298
|
|
5299 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
5300 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
5301 {
|
|
5302 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
5303 return NULL;
|
|
5304 }
|
|
5305 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
5306 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
5307 return NULL;
|
|
5308
|
|
5309 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
5310 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
5311 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
5312 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
5313 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
5314
|
|
5315 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
5316 return NULL;
|
|
5317 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
5318
|
|
5319 /*
|
|
5320 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
5321 */
|
|
5322 ++end;
|
|
5323 do
|
|
5324 {
|
|
5325 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
5326 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
5327 break;
|
|
5328 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
5329 {
|
|
5330 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
5331 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
5332 switch (end[3])
|
|
5333 {
|
|
5334 case 's': break;
|
|
5335 case 'b': break;
|
|
5336 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
5337 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
5338 }
|
|
5339 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
5340 {
|
|
5341 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
5342 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
5343 {
|
|
5344 end += 3;
|
|
5345 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
5346
|
|
5347 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
5348 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
5349 {
|
|
5350 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
5351 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
5352 }
|
|
5353 }
|
|
5354 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
5355 {
|
|
5356 end += 4;
|
|
5357 if (*end == '+')
|
|
5358 {
|
|
5359 ++end;
|
|
5360 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
5361 }
|
|
5362 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
5363 {
|
|
5364 ++end;
|
|
5365 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
5366 }
|
|
5367 }
|
|
5368 if (*end != ',')
|
|
5369 break;
|
|
5370 ++end;
|
|
5371 }
|
|
5372 }
|
|
5373 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
5374
|
|
5375 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
5376 {
|
|
5377 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
5378 return NULL;
|
|
5379 }
|
|
5380 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
5381 }
|
|
5382
|
|
5383 /*
|
|
5384 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
5385 */
|
|
5386 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
5387 static void
|
|
5388 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
5389 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
5390 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
5391 {
|
|
5392 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
5393 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
5394 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
5395 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
5396 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
5397 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
5398 long n;
|
|
5399 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
5400
|
|
5401 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
5402 {
|
|
5403 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
5404 return;
|
|
5405 }
|
|
5406
|
|
5407 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
5408 {
|
|
5409 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
5410 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
5411 vim_free(key);
|
|
5412 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
5413 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
5414 {
|
|
5415 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
5416 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
5417 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
5418 {
|
|
5419 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
5420 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
5421 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
5422 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
5423 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
5424 }
|
|
5425 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
5426 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
5427 }
|
|
5428 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
5429 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
5430 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
5431 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
5432 {
|
|
5433 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
5434 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
5435 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
5436 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
5437 else
|
|
5438 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
5439 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
5440 {
|
|
5441 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
5442 break;
|
|
5443 }
|
|
5444 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
5445 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
5446 {
|
|
5447 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
5448 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
5449 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
5450 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
5451 else
|
|
5452 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
5453 }
|
|
5454 }
|
|
5455 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
5456 {
|
|
5457 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
5458 {
|
|
5459 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
5460 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
5461 }
|
|
5462 }
|
|
5463 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
5464 {
|
|
5465 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
5466 {
|
|
5467 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
5468 finished = TRUE;
|
|
5469 break;
|
|
5470 }
|
|
5471 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
5472 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
5473 {
|
|
5474 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
5475 break;
|
|
5476 }
|
|
5477
|
|
5478 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
5479 {
|
|
5480 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
5481 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
5482 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
5483 {
|
|
5484 finished = TRUE;
|
|
5485 break;
|
|
5486 }
|
|
5487 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
5488
|
|
5489 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
5490 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
5491 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
5492 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
5493 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
5494 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
5495
|
|
5496 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
5497 {
|
|
5498 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
5499 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
5500 finished = TRUE;
|
|
5501 break;
|
|
5502 }
|
|
5503 }
|
|
5504 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
5505 }
|
|
5506 else
|
|
5507 {
|
|
5508 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
5509 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
5510 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
5511 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
5512 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
5513 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
5514 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
5515 else
|
|
5516 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
5517 finished = TRUE;
|
|
5518 break;
|
|
5519 }
|
|
5520 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
5521 }
|
|
5522 vim_free(key);
|
|
5523 if (illegal)
|
|
5524 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
5525 else if (!finished)
|
|
5526 {
|
|
5527 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
745
|
5528 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
5529 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
5530 }
|
|
5531 }
|
|
5532
|
|
5533 /*
|
|
5534 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
5535 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
5536 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
5537 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
5538 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
5539 */
|
|
5540 static int
|
|
5541 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
5542 char_u **arg;
|
|
5543 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
5544 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
5545 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
5546 {
|
|
5547 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
5548 char_u *end;
|
|
5549 int round;
|
|
5550 int count;
|
|
5551 int total_count = 0;
|
|
5552 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
5553 char_u *name;
|
|
5554 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
5555 int id;
|
|
5556 int i;
|
|
5557 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
5558
|
|
5559 /*
|
|
5560 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
5561 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
5562 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
5563 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
5564 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
5565 */
|
|
5566 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
5567 {
|
|
5568 /*
|
|
5569 * skip "contains"
|
|
5570 */
|
|
5571 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
5572 if (*p != '=')
|
|
5573 {
|
|
5574 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
5575 break;
|
|
5576 }
|
|
5577 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
5578 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
5579 {
|
|
5580 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
5581 break;
|
|
5582 }
|
|
5583
|
|
5584 /*
|
|
5585 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
5586 */
|
|
5587 count = 0;
|
|
5588 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
5589 {
|
|
5590 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
5591 ;
|
|
5592 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
5593 if (name == NULL)
|
|
5594 {
|
|
5595 failed = TRUE;
|
|
5596 break;
|
|
5597 }
|
419
|
5598 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
7
|
5599 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
5600 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
5601 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
5602 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
5603 {
|
|
5604 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
5605 {
|
|
5606 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
5607 failed = TRUE;
|
|
5608 vim_free(name);
|
|
5609 break;
|
|
5610 }
|
|
5611 if (count != 0)
|
|
5612 {
|
|
5613 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
5614 failed = TRUE;
|
|
5615 vim_free(name);
|
|
5616 break;
|
|
5617 }
|
|
5618 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
5619 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
5620 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
5621 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
5622 else
|
|
5623 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
5624 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
5625 }
|
|
5626 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
5627 {
|
|
5628 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
5629 }
|
|
5630 else
|
|
5631 {
|
|
5632 /*
|
|
5633 * Handle full group name.
|
|
5634 */
|
|
5635 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
5636 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
5637 else
|
|
5638 {
|
|
5639 /*
|
|
5640 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
5641 */
|
|
5642 *name = '^';
|
|
5643 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
5644 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
5645 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
5646 {
|
|
5647 failed = TRUE;
|
|
5648 vim_free(name);
|
|
5649 break;
|
|
5650 }
|
|
5651
|
|
5652 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
5653 id = 0;
|
|
5654 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
5655 {
|
|
5656 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
5657 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
5658 {
|
|
5659 if (round == 2)
|
|
5660 {
|
|
5661 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
5662 * when adding items that match:
|
|
5663 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
5664 * Go back to first round */
|
|
5665 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
5666 {
|
|
5667 vim_free(retval);
|
|
5668 round = 1;
|
|
5669 }
|
|
5670 else
|
|
5671 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
5672 }
|
|
5673 ++count;
|
|
5674 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
5675 }
|
|
5676 }
|
|
5677 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
5678 }
|
|
5679 }
|
|
5680 vim_free(name);
|
|
5681 if (id == 0)
|
|
5682 {
|
|
5683 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
5684 failed = TRUE;
|
|
5685 break;
|
|
5686 }
|
|
5687 if (id > 0)
|
|
5688 {
|
|
5689 if (round == 2)
|
|
5690 {
|
|
5691 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
5692 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
5693 {
|
|
5694 vim_free(retval);
|
|
5695 round = 1;
|
|
5696 }
|
|
5697 else
|
|
5698 retval[count] = id;
|
|
5699 }
|
|
5700 ++count;
|
|
5701 }
|
|
5702 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
5703 if (*p != ',')
|
|
5704 break;
|
|
5705 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
5706 }
|
|
5707 if (failed)
|
|
5708 break;
|
|
5709 if (round == 1)
|
|
5710 {
|
|
5711 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
5712 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
5713 break;
|
|
5714 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
5715 total_count = count;
|
|
5716 }
|
|
5717 }
|
|
5718
|
|
5719 *arg = p;
|
|
5720 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
5721 {
|
|
5722 vim_free(retval);
|
|
5723 return FAIL;
|
|
5724 }
|
|
5725
|
|
5726 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
5727 *list = retval;
|
|
5728 else
|
|
5729 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
5730
|
|
5731 return OK;
|
|
5732 }
|
|
5733
|
|
5734 /*
|
|
5735 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
5736 */
|
|
5737 static short *
|
|
5738 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
5739 short *list;
|
|
5740 {
|
|
5741 int len;
|
|
5742 int count;
|
|
5743 short *retval;
|
|
5744
|
|
5745 if (list == NULL)
|
|
5746 return NULL;
|
|
5747
|
|
5748 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
5749 ;
|
|
5750 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
5751 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
5752 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
5753 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
5754
|
|
5755 return retval;
|
|
5756 }
|
|
5757
|
|
5758 /*
|
|
5759 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
5760 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
5761 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
5762 * the current item.
|
|
5763 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
5764 */
|
|
5765 static int
|
|
5766 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
5767 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
5768 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
5769 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
5770 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
5771 {
|
|
5772 int retval;
|
|
5773 short *scl_list;
|
|
5774 short item;
|
|
5775 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
5776 static int depth = 0;
|
|
5777 int r;
|
|
5778
|
|
5779 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
36
|
5780 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
5781 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
7
|
5782 {
|
|
5783 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
5784 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
5785 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
5786 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
5787 --cur_si;
|
|
5788 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
5789 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
5790 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
5791 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
5792 return TRUE;
|
|
5793 }
|
|
5794
|
|
5795 if (list == NULL)
|
|
5796 return FALSE;
|
|
5797
|
|
5798 /*
|
|
5799 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
5800 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
5801 */
|
|
5802 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
5803 return !contained;
|
|
5804
|
|
5805 /*
|
|
5806 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
5807 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
5808 * level as the list.
|
|
5809 */
|
|
5810 item = *list;
|
|
5811 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
5812 {
|
|
5813 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
5814 {
|
|
5815 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
5816 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
5817 return FALSE;
|
|
5818 }
|
|
5819 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
5820 {
|
|
5821 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
5822 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
5823 return FALSE;
|
|
5824 }
|
|
5825 else
|
|
5826 {
|
|
5827 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
5828 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
5829 return FALSE;
|
|
5830 }
|
|
5831 item = *++list;
|
|
5832 retval = FALSE;
|
|
5833 }
|
|
5834 else
|
|
5835 retval = TRUE;
|
|
5836
|
|
5837 /*
|
|
5838 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
5839 */
|
|
5840 while (item != 0)
|
|
5841 {
|
|
5842 if (item == id)
|
|
5843 return retval;
|
|
5844 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
5845 {
|
|
5846 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
5847 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
5848 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
5849 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
5850 {
|
|
5851 ++depth;
|
|
5852 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
5853 --depth;
|
|
5854 if (r)
|
|
5855 return retval;
|
|
5856 }
|
|
5857 }
|
|
5858 item = *++list;
|
|
5859 }
|
|
5860 return !retval;
|
|
5861 }
|
|
5862
|
|
5863 struct subcommand
|
|
5864 {
|
|
5865 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
5866 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
5867 };
|
|
5868
|
|
5869 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
5870 {
|
|
5871 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
5872 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
5873 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
5874 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
5875 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
5876 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
5877 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
5878 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
5879 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
5880 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
5881 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
5882 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
5883 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
419
|
5884 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
7
|
5885 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
5886 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
5887 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
5888 };
|
|
5889
|
|
5890 /*
|
|
5891 * ":syntax".
|
|
5892 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
5893 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
5894 */
|
|
5895 void
|
|
5896 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
5897 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
5898 {
|
|
5899 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
5900 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
5901 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
5902 int i;
|
|
5903
|
|
5904 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
5905
|
|
5906 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
5907 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
5908 ;
|
|
5909 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
5910 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
5911 {
|
|
5912 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
5913 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
5914 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
5915 {
|
|
5916 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
5917 {
|
|
5918 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
5919 break;
|
|
5920 }
|
|
5921 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
5922 {
|
|
5923 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
5924 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
5925 break;
|
|
5926 }
|
|
5927 }
|
|
5928 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
5929 if (eap->skip)
|
|
5930 --emsg_skip;
|
|
5931 }
|
|
5932 }
|
|
5933
|
|
5934 int
|
|
5935 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
5936 buf_T *buf;
|
|
5937 {
|
|
5938 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
5939 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
134
|
5940 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
5941 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
7
|
5942 }
|
|
5943
|
|
5944 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
5945
|
|
5946 static enum
|
|
5947 {
|
|
5948 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
5949 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
5950 } expand_what;
|
|
5951
|
|
5952
|
|
5953 /*
|
|
5954 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
5955 */
|
|
5956 void
|
|
5957 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
5958 expand_T *xp;
|
|
5959 char_u *arg;
|
|
5960 {
|
|
5961 char_u *p;
|
|
5962
|
|
5963 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
5964 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
5965 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
5966 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
5967 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
5968 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
5969
|
|
5970 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
5971 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
5972 {
|
|
5973 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
5974 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
5975 {
|
|
5976 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
5977 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
5978 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
5979 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
5980 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
5981 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
5982 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
5983 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
5984 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
5985 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
5986 else
|
|
5987 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
5988 }
|
|
5989 }
|
|
5990 }
|
|
5991
|
|
5992 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
5993
|
|
5994 /*
|
|
5995 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
5996 * expansion.
|
|
5997 */
|
|
5998 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
5999 char_u *
|
|
6000 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
6001 expand_T *xp;
|
|
6002 int idx;
|
|
6003 {
|
|
6004 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
6005 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
6006 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
6007 }
|
|
6008
|
|
6009 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
6010
|
|
6011 /*
|
|
6012 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
6013 */
|
|
6014 int
|
499
|
6015 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
6016 win_T *wp;
|
7
|
6017 long lnum;
|
253
|
6018 colnr_T col;
|
7
|
6019 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
253
|
6020 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
7
|
6021 {
|
|
6022 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
6023 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
499
|
6024 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
7
|
6025 || lnum != current_lnum
|
253
|
6026 || col < current_col)
|
499
|
6027 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
7
|
6028
|
253
|
6029 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
7
|
6030
|
|
6031 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
6032 }
|
|
6033
|
|
6034 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6035 /*
|
|
6036 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
6037 */
|
|
6038 int
|
|
6039 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
6040 win_T *wp;
|
|
6041 long lnum;
|
|
6042 {
|
|
6043 int level = 0;
|
|
6044 int i;
|
|
6045
|
|
6046 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
6047 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
6048 {
|
|
6049 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
6050
|
|
6051 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
6052 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
6053 ++level;
|
|
6054 }
|
|
6055 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
6056 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
6057 return level;
|
|
6058 }
|
|
6059 #endif
|
|
6060
|
|
6061 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
6062
|
|
6063
|
|
6064 /**************************************
|
|
6065 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
6066 **************************************/
|
|
6067
|
|
6068 /*
|
|
6069 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
6070 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
6071 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
806
|
6072 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
|
|
6073 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
|
7
|
6074 */
|
809
|
6075 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6076 # define CENT(a, b) b
|
|
6077 #else
|
|
6078 # define CENT(a, b) a
|
|
6079 #endif
|
7
|
6080 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
6081 {
|
809
|
6082 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
|
|
6083 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
|
|
6084 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
6085 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
6086 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
6087 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
6088 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
|
|
6089 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
|
|
6090 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
|
|
6091 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
|
|
6092 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
6093 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
806
|
6094 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
809
|
6095 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
6096 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
806
|
6097 #endif
|
|
6098 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
|
809
|
6099 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
|
|
6100 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
|
806
|
6101 #endif
|
|
6102 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
809
|
6103 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
|
|
6104 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
|
806
|
6105 #endif
|
|
6106 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
809
|
6107 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
|
|
6108 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
6109 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
|
|
6110 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
|
806
|
6111 #endif
|
|
6112 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
809
|
6113 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
6114 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
6115 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
6116 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
806
|
6117 #endif
|
|
6118 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
809
|
6119 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
6120 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
|
806
|
6121 #endif
|
7
|
6122 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6123 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
809
|
6124 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
7
|
6125 #endif
|
|
6126 NULL
|
|
6127 };
|
|
6128
|
|
6129 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
6130 {
|
809
|
6131 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
6132 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
6133 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
|
|
6134 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
|
|
6135 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
6136 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
6137 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
6138 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
6139 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
|
|
6140 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
|
806
|
6141 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
809
|
6142 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
|
|
6143 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
6144 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
6145 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
6146 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
6147 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
6148 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
6149 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
|
806
|
6150 #endif
|
|
6151 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
809
|
6152 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
6153 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
6154 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
6155 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
|
806
|
6156 #endif
|
809
|
6157 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
6158 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
6159 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
6160 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
6161 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
|
|
6162 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
|
806
|
6163 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
809
|
6164 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
6165 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
806
|
6166 #endif
|
|
6167 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
809
|
6168 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
6169 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
6170 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
6171 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
806
|
6172 #endif
|
|
6173 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
809
|
6174 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
6175 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
806
|
6176 #endif
|
|
6177 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
809
|
6178 CENT("Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
6179 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guibg=LightGrey"),
|
806
|
6180 #endif
|
|
6181 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
809
|
6182 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
6183 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
|
|
6184 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
6185 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
6186 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
|
|
6187 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
|
806
|
6188 #endif
|
|
6189 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
809
|
6190 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
6191 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
|
806
|
6192 #endif
|
|
6193 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
809
|
6194 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
818
|
6195 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
|
809
|
6196 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
818
|
6197 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
|
806
|
6198 #endif
|
|
6199 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
7
|
6200 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
806
|
6201 #endif
|
7
|
6202 NULL
|
|
6203 };
|
|
6204
|
|
6205 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
6206 {
|
809
|
6207 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
|
|
6208 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
6209 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
|
|
6210 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
|
|
6211 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
6212 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
6213 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
6214 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
|
|
6215 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
6216 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
6217 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
|
|
6218 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
|
806
|
6219 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
809
|
6220 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
|
|
6221 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
6222 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
|
|
6223 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
6224 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
6225 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
6226 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
6227 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
|
806
|
6228 #endif
|
|
6229 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
809
|
6230 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
6231 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
|
|
6232 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
6233 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
806
|
6234 #endif
|
809
|
6235 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
|
|
6236 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
6237 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
|
|
6238 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
|
806
|
6239 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
809
|
6240 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
6241 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
806
|
6242 #endif
|
|
6243 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
809
|
6244 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
6245 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
6246 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
6247 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
806
|
6248 #endif
|
|
6249 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
809
|
6250 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
6251 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
806
|
6252 #endif
|
|
6253 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
809
|
6254 CENT("Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
6255 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
806
|
6256 #endif
|
|
6257 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
809
|
6258 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
|
|
6259 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
6260 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
6261 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
|
|
6262 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
6263 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
806
|
6264 #endif
|
|
6265 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
809
|
6266 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
6267 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
806
|
6268 #endif
|
|
6269 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
809
|
6270 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
818
|
6271 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey90"),
|
809
|
6272 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
818
|
6273 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
|
806
|
6274 #endif
|
|
6275 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
7
|
6276 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
806
|
6277 #endif
|
7
|
6278 NULL
|
|
6279 };
|
|
6280
|
|
6281 void
|
|
6282 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
6283 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
6284 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
6285 {
|
|
6286 int i;
|
|
6287 char **pp;
|
|
6288 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
6289 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6290 char_u *p;
|
|
6291
|
|
6292 /*
|
|
6293 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
6294 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
6295 */
|
|
6296 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
6297 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
6298 return;
|
|
6299 #endif
|
|
6300
|
|
6301 /*
|
|
6302 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
6303 */
|
|
6304 if (both)
|
|
6305 {
|
|
6306 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
6307 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
6308 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
6309 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
6310 }
|
|
6311 else if (!had_both)
|
|
6312 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
6313 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
6314 * everything anyway. */
|
|
6315 return;
|
|
6316
|
|
6317 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
6318 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
6319 else
|
|
6320 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
6321 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
6322 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
6323
|
527
|
6324 /* Magenta background looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors.
|
|
6325 * Thus let it depend on the number of colors available. */
|
|
6326 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
6327 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
|
|
6328 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), reset, TRUE);
|
|
6329
|
7
|
6330 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
6331 /*
|
|
6332 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
6333 */
|
|
6334 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
24
|
6335 {
|
|
6336 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
6337
|
|
6338 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
6339 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
6340 else
|
|
6341 {
|
|
6342 ++recursive;
|
480
|
6343 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
24
|
6344 --recursive;
|
|
6345 }
|
|
6346 }
|
7
|
6347 #endif
|
|
6348 }
|
|
6349
|
|
6350 /*
|
12
|
6351 * Load color file "name".
|
7
|
6352 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
6353 */
|
|
6354 int
|
12
|
6355 load_colors(name)
|
|
6356 char_u *name;
|
7
|
6357 {
|
|
6358 char_u *buf;
|
|
6359 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
6360 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
6361
|
|
6362 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
6363 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
6364 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
6365 if (recursive)
|
|
6366 return OK;
|
|
6367
|
|
6368 recursive = TRUE;
|
12
|
6369 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
7
|
6370 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
6371 {
|
12
|
6372 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
480
|
6373 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
7
|
6374 vim_free(buf);
|
12
|
6375 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
6376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
6377 #endif
|
7
|
6378 }
|
|
6379 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
6380
|
|
6381 return retval;
|
|
6382 }
|
|
6383
|
|
6384 /*
|
|
6385 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
6386 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
6387 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
6388 */
|
|
6389 void
|
|
6390 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
6391 char_u *line;
|
|
6392 int forceit;
|
|
6393 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
6394 {
|
|
6395 char_u *name_end;
|
|
6396 char_u *p;
|
|
6397 char_u *linep;
|
|
6398 char_u *key_start;
|
|
6399 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
6400 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
6401 long i;
|
|
6402 int off;
|
|
6403 int len;
|
|
6404 int attr;
|
|
6405 int id;
|
|
6406 int idx;
|
|
6407 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
6408 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
6409 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
6410 int error = FALSE;
|
|
6411 int color;
|
|
6412 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
6413 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
6414 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
6415 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
6416 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
6417 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
6418 #else
|
|
6419 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
6420 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
6421 #endif
|
|
6422
|
|
6423 /*
|
|
6424 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
6425 */
|
|
6426 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
6427 {
|
|
6428 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
6429 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
6430 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
6431 return;
|
|
6432 }
|
|
6433
|
|
6434 /*
|
|
6435 * Isolate the name.
|
|
6436 */
|
|
6437 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
6438 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
6439
|
|
6440 /*
|
|
6441 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
6442 */
|
|
6443 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
6444 {
|
|
6445 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
6446 line = linep;
|
|
6447 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
6448 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
6449 }
|
|
6450
|
|
6451 /*
|
|
6452 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
6453 */
|
|
6454 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
6455 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
6456 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
6457 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
6458
|
|
6459 /*
|
|
6460 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
6461 */
|
|
6462 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
6463 {
|
|
6464 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
6465 if (id == 0)
|
|
6466 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
6467 else
|
|
6468 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
6469 return;
|
|
6470 }
|
|
6471
|
|
6472 /*
|
|
6473 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
6474 */
|
|
6475 if (dolink)
|
|
6476 {
|
|
6477 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
6478 char_u *from_end;
|
|
6479 char_u *to_start;
|
|
6480 char_u *to_end;
|
|
6481 int from_id;
|
|
6482 int to_id;
|
|
6483
|
|
6484 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
6485 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
6486 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
6487
|
|
6488 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
6489 {
|
|
6490 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
6491 from_start);
|
|
6492 return;
|
|
6493 }
|
|
6494
|
|
6495 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
6496 {
|
|
6497 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
6498 return;
|
|
6499 }
|
|
6500
|
|
6501 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
6502 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
6503 to_id = 0;
|
|
6504 else
|
|
6505 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
6506
|
|
6507 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
6508 {
|
|
6509 /*
|
|
6510 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
6511 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
6512 */
|
|
6513 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
6514 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
6515 {
|
|
6516 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
6517 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
6518 }
|
|
6519 else
|
|
6520 {
|
|
6521 if (!init)
|
|
6522 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
6523 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
448
|
6524 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6525 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
6526 #endif
|
745
|
6527 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
|
7
|
6528 }
|
|
6529 }
|
|
6530
|
|
6531 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
6532 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
6533
|
|
6534 return;
|
|
6535 }
|
|
6536
|
|
6537 if (doclear)
|
|
6538 {
|
|
6539 /*
|
|
6540 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
6541 */
|
|
6542 line = linep;
|
|
6543 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
6544 {
|
|
6545 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6546 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
6547 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
6548 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
6549 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
6550 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
6551 */
|
|
6552 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
6553 {
|
|
6554 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
6555 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
6556 # endif
|
|
6557 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
6558 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
6559 # endif
|
|
6560 }
|
|
6561 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
6562 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
6563 # endif
|
|
6564 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
6565 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
6566
|
|
6567 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
6568 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
6569 */
|
|
6570 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
6571 # endif
|
|
6572 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
6573 {
|
|
6574 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
6575 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
6576 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
6577 # endif
|
|
6578 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
6579 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
6580 # endif
|
|
6581 }
|
|
6582 # endif
|
|
6583
|
|
6584 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
6585 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
6586 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
6587 */
|
|
6588 #endif
|
|
6589 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
148
|
6590 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
7
|
6591 #endif
|
|
6592 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
6593
|
|
6594 /*
|
|
6595 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
6596 */
|
|
6597 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
6598 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
6599 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
6600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6601 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
6602 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
6603 #endif
|
|
6604 highlight_changed();
|
|
6605 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
6606 return;
|
|
6607 }
|
|
6608 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
6609 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
6610 }
|
|
6611
|
|
6612 /*
|
|
6613 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
6614 */
|
|
6615 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
6616 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
6617 return;
|
|
6618 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
6619
|
|
6620 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
6621 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
6622 return;
|
|
6623
|
|
6624 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
6625 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
6626 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
6627 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
6628 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
6629 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
6630 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
6631 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
6632 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
6633 #endif
|
|
6634
|
|
6635 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
6636 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
6637 {
|
|
6638 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
6639 if (!doclear)
|
|
6640 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
6641 }
|
|
6642
|
|
6643 if (!doclear)
|
|
6644 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
6645 {
|
|
6646 key_start = linep;
|
|
6647 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
6648 {
|
|
6649 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
6650 error = TRUE;
|
|
6651 break;
|
|
6652 }
|
|
6653
|
|
6654 /*
|
|
6655 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
6656 * "guibg").
|
|
6657 */
|
|
6658 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
6659 ++linep;
|
|
6660 vim_free(key);
|
|
6661 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
6662 if (key == NULL)
|
|
6663 {
|
|
6664 error = TRUE;
|
|
6665 break;
|
|
6666 }
|
|
6667 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
6668
|
|
6669 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
6670 {
|
|
6671 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
6672 {
|
|
6673 if (!init)
|
|
6674 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
6675 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
6676 }
|
|
6677 continue;
|
|
6678 }
|
|
6679
|
|
6680 /*
|
|
6681 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
6682 */
|
|
6683 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
6684 {
|
|
6685 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
6686 error = TRUE;
|
|
6687 break;
|
|
6688 }
|
|
6689 ++linep;
|
|
6690
|
|
6691 /*
|
|
6692 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
6693 */
|
|
6694 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
6695 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
6696 {
|
|
6697 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
6698 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
6699 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
6700 {
|
|
6701 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
6702 error = TRUE;
|
|
6703 break;
|
|
6704 }
|
|
6705 }
|
|
6706 else
|
|
6707 {
|
|
6708 arg_start = linep;
|
|
6709 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
6710 }
|
|
6711 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
6712 {
|
|
6713 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
6714 error = TRUE;
|
|
6715 break;
|
|
6716 }
|
|
6717 vim_free(arg);
|
|
6718 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
6719 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
6720 {
|
|
6721 error = TRUE;
|
|
6722 break;
|
|
6723 }
|
|
6724 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
6725 ++linep;
|
|
6726
|
|
6727 /*
|
|
6728 * Store the argument.
|
|
6729 */
|
|
6730 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
6731 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
6732 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
6733 {
|
|
6734 attr = 0;
|
|
6735 off = 0;
|
|
6736 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
6737 {
|
|
6738 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
6739 {
|
|
6740 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
6741 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
6742 {
|
|
6743 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
6744 off += len;
|
|
6745 break;
|
|
6746 }
|
|
6747 }
|
|
6748 if (i < 0)
|
|
6749 {
|
|
6750 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
6751 error = TRUE;
|
|
6752 break;
|
|
6753 }
|
|
6754 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
6755 ++off;
|
|
6756 }
|
|
6757 if (error)
|
|
6758 break;
|
|
6759 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
6760 {
|
|
6761 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
6762 {
|
|
6763 if (!init)
|
|
6764 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
6765 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
6766 }
|
|
6767 }
|
|
6768 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
6769 {
|
|
6770 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
6771 {
|
|
6772 if (!init)
|
|
6773 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
6774 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
6775 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
6776 }
|
|
6777 }
|
|
6778 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6779 else
|
|
6780 {
|
|
6781 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
6782 {
|
|
6783 if (!init)
|
|
6784 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
6785 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
6786 }
|
|
6787 }
|
|
6788 #endif
|
|
6789 }
|
|
6790 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
6791 {
|
|
6792 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
6793 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6794 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
6795 {
|
|
6796 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
6797 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
6798 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
6799 }
|
|
6800 else
|
|
6801 {
|
|
6802 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
6803 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
6804 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
6805 # endif
|
|
6806 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
6807 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
6808 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
6809 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
6810 */
|
|
6811
|
|
6812 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
6813 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
6814 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
6815 # endif
|
|
6816 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
6817 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
6818
|
|
6819 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
6820 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
6821 {
|
|
6822 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
6823 * one.
|
|
6824 */
|
|
6825 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
6826 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
6827 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
6828 }
|
|
6829 else
|
|
6830 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
6831 # endif
|
|
6832 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
6833 {
|
|
6834 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
6835 * one.
|
|
6836 */
|
|
6837 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
6838 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
6839 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
6840 }
|
|
6841 else
|
|
6842 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
6843 }
|
|
6844 #endif
|
|
6845 }
|
|
6846 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
6847 {
|
|
6848 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
6849 {
|
|
6850 if (!init)
|
|
6851 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
6852
|
|
6853 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
6854 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
6855 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
6856 {
|
|
6857 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
6858 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
6859 }
|
|
6860
|
|
6861 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
6862 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
6863 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
6864 {
|
|
6865 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
6866 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
6867 else
|
|
6868 {
|
|
6869 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
6870 error = TRUE;
|
|
6871 break;
|
|
6872 }
|
|
6873 }
|
|
6874 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
6875 {
|
|
6876 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
6877 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
6878 else
|
|
6879 {
|
|
6880 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
6881 error = TRUE;
|
|
6882 break;
|
|
6883 }
|
|
6884 }
|
|
6885 else
|
|
6886 {
|
|
6887 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
6888 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
6889 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
6890 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
6891 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
6892 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
6893 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
6894 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
6895 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
6896 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
6897 7, 7,
|
|
6898 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
6899 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
6900 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
6901 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
6902 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
6903 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
6904 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
6905 84, 84,
|
|
6906 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
6907 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
6908 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
6909 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
6910 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
6911 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
6912 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
6913 248, 248,
|
|
6914 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
6915 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
6916 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
6917 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
6918 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
6919 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
6920 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
6921 7, 7,
|
|
6922 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
6923 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
6924 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
6925 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
6926 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
6927 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
6928 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
6929 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
6930 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
6931 #endif
|
|
6932
|
|
6933 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
6934 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
6935 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
6936 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
6937 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
6938 break;
|
|
6939 if (i < 0)
|
|
6940 {
|
|
6941 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
6942 error = TRUE;
|
|
6943 break;
|
|
6944 }
|
|
6945
|
|
6946 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
6947 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
6948 if (color >= 0)
|
|
6949 {
|
|
6950 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
6951 {
|
|
6952 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
6953 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
6954 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
6955 #else
|
|
6956 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
6957 #endif
|
|
6958 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
6959 {
|
|
6960 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
6961 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
6962 if (color & 8)
|
|
6963 {
|
|
6964 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
6965 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
6966 }
|
|
6967 else
|
|
6968 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
6969 }
|
|
6970 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
6971 }
|
|
6972 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
6973 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
6974 {
|
|
6975 /*
|
|
6976 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
6977 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
6978 * order for colors.
|
|
6979 */
|
|
6980 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
6981 p = T_CAF;
|
|
6982 else
|
|
6983 p = T_CSF;
|
|
6984 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
6985 switch (t_colors)
|
|
6986 {
|
|
6987 case 16:
|
|
6988 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
6989 break;
|
|
6990 case 88:
|
|
6991 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
6992 break;
|
|
6993 case 256:
|
|
6994 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
6995 break;
|
|
6996 }
|
|
6997 }
|
|
6998 }
|
|
6999 }
|
|
7000 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
7001 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
7002 {
|
|
7003 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
7004 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
7005 {
|
|
7006 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
7007 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
7008 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7009 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
7010 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
7011 #endif
|
|
7012 {
|
|
7013 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7014 if (termcap_active)
|
|
7015 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
7016 }
|
|
7017 }
|
|
7018 }
|
|
7019 else
|
|
7020 {
|
|
7021 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
7022 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
7023 {
|
|
7024 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
7025 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7026 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
7027 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
7028 #endif
|
|
7029 {
|
|
7030 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7031 if (termcap_active)
|
|
7032 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
7033 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
7034 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
7035 else
|
|
7036 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
7037 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
7038 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
7039 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
7040 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
7041 }
|
|
7042 }
|
|
7043 }
|
|
7044 }
|
|
7045 }
|
|
7046 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
7047 {
|
|
7048 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
205
|
7049 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
7
|
7050 {
|
205
|
7051 if (!init)
|
|
7052 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
7053
|
|
7054 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
7055 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
7056 {
|
|
7057 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
7058 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
7059 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
7060 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
7061 else
|
|
7062 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
7
|
7063 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
205
|
7064 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
7065 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7066 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
7067 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
7
|
7068 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
205
|
7069 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
7070 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
7
|
7071 # endif
|
205
|
7072 do_colors = TRUE;
|
7
|
7073 # endif
|
205
|
7074 }
|
7
|
7075 }
|
|
7076 #endif
|
|
7077 }
|
|
7078 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
7079 {
|
|
7080 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
205
|
7081 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
7
|
7082 {
|
205
|
7083 if (!init)
|
|
7084 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
7085
|
|
7086 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
7087 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
7088 {
|
|
7089 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
7090 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
7091 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
7092 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
7093 else
|
|
7094 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
7
|
7095 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
205
|
7096 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
7097 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7098 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
7099 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
7
|
7100 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
205
|
7101 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
7102 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
7
|
7103 # endif
|
205
|
7104 do_colors = TRUE;
|
7
|
7105 # endif
|
205
|
7106 }
|
7
|
7107 }
|
205
|
7108 #endif
|
|
7109 }
|
|
7110 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
7111 {
|
|
7112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
7113 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7114 {
|
|
7115 if (!init)
|
|
7116 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
7117
|
|
7118 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
7119 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
7120 {
|
|
7121 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
7122 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7123 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
7124 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
7125 else
|
|
7126 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7127 }
|
|
7128 }
|
7
|
7129 #endif
|
|
7130 }
|
|
7131 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
7132 {
|
|
7133 char_u buf[100];
|
|
7134 char_u *tname;
|
|
7135
|
|
7136 if (!init)
|
|
7137 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
7138
|
|
7139 /*
|
|
7140 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
7141 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
7142 */
|
|
7143 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
7144 {
|
|
7145 off = 0;
|
|
7146 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
7147 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
7148 {
|
|
7149 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
7150 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
7151 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
7152 ;
|
|
7153 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
7154 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
7155 {
|
|
7156 error = TRUE;
|
|
7157 break;
|
|
7158 }
|
|
7159 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
7160 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
7161 vim_free(tname);
|
|
7162 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
7163 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
7164
|
|
7165 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
7166 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
7167 {
|
|
7168 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
7169 error = TRUE;
|
|
7170 break;
|
|
7171 }
|
|
7172 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
7173
|
|
7174 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
7175 off += len;
|
|
7176 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
7177 ++off;
|
|
7178 }
|
|
7179 }
|
|
7180 else
|
|
7181 {
|
|
7182 /*
|
|
7183 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
7184 */
|
|
7185 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
7186 {
|
|
7187 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
7188 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
7189 off += len;
|
|
7190 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
7191 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
7192 }
|
|
7193 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
7194 }
|
|
7195 if (error)
|
|
7196 break;
|
|
7197
|
|
7198 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
7199 p = NULL;
|
|
7200 else
|
|
7201 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
7202 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
7203 {
|
|
7204 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
7205 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
7206 }
|
|
7207 else
|
|
7208 {
|
|
7209 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
7210 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
7211 }
|
|
7212 }
|
|
7213 else
|
|
7214 {
|
|
7215 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
7216 error = TRUE;
|
|
7217 break;
|
|
7218 }
|
|
7219
|
|
7220 /*
|
|
7221 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
7222 */
|
|
7223 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
7224 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
7225
|
|
7226 /*
|
|
7227 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
7228 */
|
|
7229 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
7230 }
|
|
7231
|
|
7232 /*
|
|
7233 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
7234 */
|
|
7235 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
7236 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
7237 else
|
|
7238 {
|
|
7239 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
7240 {
|
|
7241 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
7242 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
7243 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7244 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
7245 /*
|
|
7246 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
7247 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
7248 */
|
|
7249 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
7250 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
7251 #endif
|
|
7252 }
|
|
7253 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
7254 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
7255 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
7256 {
|
|
7257 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
7258 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
7259 }
|
|
7260 # endif
|
|
7261 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
7262 {
|
|
7263 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
7264 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
7265 }
|
|
7266 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
7267 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
7268 {
|
|
7269 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
7270 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
7271 }
|
|
7272 # endif
|
|
7273 #endif
|
|
7274 else
|
|
7275 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
448
|
7276 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
7277 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
7278 #endif
|
819
|
7279 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
7
|
7280 }
|
|
7281 vim_free(key);
|
|
7282 vim_free(arg);
|
|
7283
|
|
7284 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
7285 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
7286 }
|
|
7287
|
356
|
7288 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7289 void
|
|
7290 free_highlight()
|
|
7291 {
|
|
7292 int i;
|
|
7293
|
|
7294 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
359
|
7295 {
|
356
|
7296 highlight_clear(i);
|
359
|
7297 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
7298 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
7299 }
|
356
|
7300 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
7301 }
|
|
7302 #endif
|
|
7303
|
7
|
7304 /*
|
|
7305 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
7306 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
7307 */
|
|
7308 void
|
|
7309 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
7310 {
|
|
7311 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
7312 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
7313 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
7314 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
7315 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
7316 #else
|
|
7317 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
7318 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
7319 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
7320 #endif
|
|
7321 }
|
|
7322
|
|
7323 /*
|
|
7324 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
7325 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
7326 */
|
|
7327 static int
|
|
7328 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
7329 int idx;
|
|
7330 int check_link;
|
|
7331 {
|
|
7332 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
7333 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
7334 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7335 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
7336 #endif
|
|
7337 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
7338 }
|
|
7339
|
|
7340 /*
|
|
7341 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
7342 */
|
|
7343 static void
|
|
7344 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
7345 int idx;
|
|
7346 {
|
|
7347 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
7348 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
7349 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
7350 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
7351 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
7352 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
7353 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
7354 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
7355 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
7356 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
7357 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
7358 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
7359 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
7360 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7361 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
7362 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7363 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7364 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
7365 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
205
|
7366 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7367 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7368 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
7
|
7369 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
7370 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
7371 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
7372 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
7373 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
7374 # endif
|
|
7375 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
7376 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
7377 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
7378 #endif
|
448
|
7379 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
7380 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
|
|
7381 * cleared. */
|
|
7382 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
|
|
7383 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
|
|
7384 #endif
|
7
|
7385 }
|
|
7386
|
|
7387 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7388 /*
|
|
7389 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
7390 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
7391 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
7392 */
|
|
7393 void
|
|
7394 set_normal_colors()
|
|
7395 {
|
|
7396 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
205
|
7397 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
7398 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
7
|
7399 {
|
|
7400 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
7401 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7402 }
|
|
7403 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
7404 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
205
|
7405 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
7406 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
7
|
7407 {
|
|
7408 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
7409 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
7410 # endif
|
|
7411 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7412 }
|
|
7413 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
7414 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
7415 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
7416 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
7417 {
|
|
7418 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
7419 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
7420 # endif
|
|
7421 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7422 }
|
|
7423 #endif
|
|
7424 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
205
|
7425 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
7426 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
7
|
7427 {
|
|
7428 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
7429 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7430 }
|
|
7431 #endif
|
|
7432 }
|
|
7433
|
|
7434 /*
|
|
7435 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
7436 */
|
|
7437 static int
|
|
7438 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
7439 char_u *name;
|
|
7440 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
7441 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
7442 int do_menu;
|
|
7443 int use_norm;
|
|
7444 int do_tooltip;
|
|
7445 {
|
|
7446 int idx;
|
|
7447
|
|
7448 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
7449 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
7450 {
|
|
7451 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
7452
|
|
7453 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
7454 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
7455 else if (use_norm)
|
|
7456 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
7457 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
7458 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
7459 else if (use_norm)
|
|
7460 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
7461 return TRUE;
|
|
7462 }
|
|
7463 return FALSE;
|
|
7464 }
|
|
7465
|
|
7466 /*
|
|
7467 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
7468 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
7469 */
|
|
7470 char_u *
|
|
7471 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
7472 {
|
|
7473 int id;
|
|
7474 char_u *s;
|
|
7475
|
|
7476 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
7477 if (id > 0)
|
|
7478 {
|
|
7479 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
7480 if (s != NULL)
|
|
7481 return s;
|
|
7482 }
|
|
7483 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
7484 }
|
|
7485
|
|
7486 /*
|
|
7487 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
7488 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
7489 */
|
|
7490 void
|
|
7491 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
7492 char_u *font_name;
|
|
7493 {
|
|
7494 int id;
|
|
7495
|
|
7496 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
7497 if (id > 0)
|
|
7498 {
|
|
7499 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
7500 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
7501 }
|
|
7502 }
|
|
7503
|
|
7504 /*
|
|
7505 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
7506 * when the color is known.
|
|
7507 */
|
|
7508 void
|
|
7509 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
7510 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
7511 {
|
|
7512 int id;
|
|
7513
|
|
7514 if (name != NULL)
|
|
7515 {
|
|
7516 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
7517 if (id > 0)
|
|
7518 {
|
|
7519 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
7520 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
7521 }
|
|
7522 }
|
|
7523 }
|
|
7524
|
|
7525 /*
|
|
7526 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
7527 * when the color is known.
|
|
7528 */
|
|
7529 void
|
|
7530 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
7531 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
7532 {
|
|
7533 int id;
|
|
7534
|
|
7535 if (name != NULL)
|
|
7536 {
|
|
7537 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
7538 if (id > 0)
|
|
7539 {
|
|
7540 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
7541 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
7542 }
|
|
7543 }
|
|
7544 }
|
|
7545
|
|
7546 /*
|
|
7547 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
7548 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
7549 */
|
|
7550 static guicolor_T
|
|
7551 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
7552 char_u *name;
|
|
7553 {
|
|
7554 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
7555 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7556
|
|
7557 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
7558 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
7559 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
7560 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
7561
|
|
7562 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
7563 }
|
|
7564
|
|
7565 /*
|
|
7566 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
7567 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
7568 */
|
|
7569 static GuiFont
|
|
7570 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
7571 char_u *name;
|
|
7572 {
|
|
7573 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
7574 return NOFONT;
|
|
7575
|
|
7576 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
7577 }
|
|
7578
|
|
7579 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
7580 /*
|
|
7581 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
7582 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
7583 */
|
|
7584 static GuiFontset
|
|
7585 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
7586 char_u *name;
|
|
7587 int fixed_width;
|
|
7588 {
|
|
7589 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
7590 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
7591
|
|
7592 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
7593 }
|
|
7594 # endif
|
|
7595
|
|
7596 /*
|
|
7597 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
7598 */
|
|
7599 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7600 static void
|
|
7601 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
7602 int idx;
|
|
7603 char_u *arg;
|
|
7604 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
7605 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
7606 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
7607 {
|
|
7608 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
7609 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
7610 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
7611 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
7612 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
7613 || do_menu
|
|
7614 # endif
|
|
7615 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
7616 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
7617 || do_tooltip
|
|
7618 # endif
|
|
7619 )
|
|
7620 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
7621 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
7622 || do_menu
|
|
7623 # endif
|
|
7624 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
7625 || do_tooltip
|
|
7626 # endif
|
|
7627 );
|
|
7628 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
7629 {
|
|
7630 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
7631 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
7632 if (do_normal)
|
|
7633 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
7634 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
7635 if (do_menu)
|
|
7636 {
|
|
7637 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
7638 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
7639 # else
|
|
7640 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
7641 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
7642 # endif
|
|
7643 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
7644 }
|
|
7645 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
7646 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
7647 {
|
|
7648 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
7649 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
7650 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
7651 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
7652 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
7653 */
|
|
7654 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
7655 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
7656 }
|
|
7657 # endif
|
|
7658 # endif
|
|
7659 }
|
|
7660 else
|
|
7661 # endif
|
|
7662 {
|
|
7663 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
7664 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
7665 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
7666 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
7667 {
|
|
7668 if (do_normal)
|
|
7669 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
7670 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
7671 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
7672 if (do_menu)
|
|
7673 {
|
|
7674 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
7675 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
7676 }
|
|
7677 # endif
|
|
7678 #endif
|
|
7679 }
|
|
7680 }
|
|
7681 }
|
|
7682
|
|
7683 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
7684
|
|
7685 /*
|
|
7686 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
7687 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
7688 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
7689 */
|
298
|
7690 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
7
|
7691
|
|
7692 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
7693
|
298
|
7694 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
7
|
7695
|
|
7696 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
7697
|
|
7698 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
298
|
7699 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
7
|
7700
|
|
7701 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
7702 #endif
|
|
7703
|
|
7704 /*
|
|
7705 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
7706 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
7707 * if the combination is new.
|
|
7708 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
7709 */
|
|
7710 static int
|
|
7711 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
7712 garray_T *table;
|
|
7713 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
7714 {
|
|
7715 int i;
|
359
|
7716 attrentry_T *taep;
|
7
|
7717 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
7718
|
|
7719 /*
|
|
7720 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
7721 */
|
|
7722 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
7723 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
7724
|
|
7725 /*
|
|
7726 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
7727 */
|
|
7728 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
7729 {
|
359
|
7730 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
7731 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
7
|
7732 && (
|
|
7733 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7734 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
359
|
7735 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
7736 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
7737 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
7738 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
7739 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
7740 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
7
|
7741 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
359
|
7742 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
7
|
7743 # endif
|
|
7744 ))
|
|
7745 ||
|
|
7746 #endif
|
|
7747 (table == &term_attr_table
|
359
|
7748 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7749 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
7
|
7750 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
7751 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
359
|
7752 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
7753 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7754 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
7
|
7755 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
7756 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
359
|
7757 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
7
|
7758 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
359
|
7759 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
7760 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
7761 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
7762 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
7
|
7763 ))
|
|
7764
|
|
7765 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
7766 }
|
|
7767
|
271
|
7768 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
7
|
7769 {
|
|
7770 /*
|
|
7771 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
7772 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
7773 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
7774 */
|
|
7775 if (recursive)
|
|
7776 {
|
|
7777 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
7778 return 0;
|
|
7779 }
|
|
7780 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
7781
|
359
|
7782 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
7783
|
7
|
7784 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
7785
|
|
7786 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
7787 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
7788
|
|
7789 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
7790 }
|
|
7791
|
|
7792 /*
|
|
7793 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
7794 */
|
|
7795 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
7796 return 0;
|
|
7797
|
359
|
7798 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
7799 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
7800 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
7
|
7801 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7802 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
7803 {
|
359
|
7804 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
7805 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
7806 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
7807 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
7
|
7808 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
359
|
7809 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
7
|
7810 # endif
|
|
7811 }
|
|
7812 #endif
|
|
7813 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
7814 {
|
|
7815 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
359
|
7816 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
7
|
7817 else
|
359
|
7818 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
7
|
7819 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
359
|
7820 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
7
|
7821 else
|
359
|
7822 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
7
|
7823 }
|
|
7824 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
7825 {
|
359
|
7826 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
7827 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
7
|
7828 }
|
|
7829 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
7830 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
7831 }
|
|
7832
|
359
|
7833 /*
|
|
7834 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
7835 */
|
|
7836 void
|
|
7837 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
7838 {
|
|
7839 int i;
|
|
7840 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7841
|
|
7842 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7843 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
7844 #endif
|
|
7845 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
7846 {
|
|
7847 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
7848 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7849 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7850 }
|
|
7851 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
7852 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
7853 }
|
|
7854
|
745
|
7855 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
221
|
7856 /*
|
348
|
7857 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
7858 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
7859 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
221
|
7860 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
7861 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
7862 * result.
|
|
7863 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
7864 */
|
|
7865 int
|
348
|
7866 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
221
|
7867 int char_attr;
|
348
|
7868 int prim_attr;
|
221
|
7869 {
|
|
7870 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
7871 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
7872 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
7873
|
|
7874 if (char_attr == 0)
|
348
|
7875 return prim_attr;
|
|
7876 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7877 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
221
|
7878 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7879 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
7880 {
|
|
7881 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
7882 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
7883 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
7884 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
7885 else
|
|
7886 {
|
|
7887 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
548
|
7888 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7889 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7890 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
221
|
7891 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7892 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
7893 }
|
|
7894
|
348
|
7895 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7896 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
221
|
7897 else
|
|
7898 {
|
348
|
7899 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
221
|
7900 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
7901 {
|
|
7902 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7903 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
7904 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
7905 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
7906 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
7907 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
7908 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
7909 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
7910 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7911 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
7912 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
7913 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7914 # endif
|
|
7915 }
|
|
7916 }
|
|
7917 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
7918 }
|
|
7919 #endif
|
|
7920
|
|
7921 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
7922 {
|
|
7923 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
7924 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
7925 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
7926 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
7927 else
|
|
7928 {
|
|
7929 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
7930 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7931 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
7932 }
|
|
7933
|
348
|
7934 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7935 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
221
|
7936 else
|
|
7937 {
|
348
|
7938 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
221
|
7939 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
7940 {
|
|
7941 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7942 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
7943 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
7944 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
7945 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7946 }
|
|
7947 }
|
|
7948 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
7949 }
|
|
7950
|
|
7951 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
7952 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
7953 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
7954 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
7955 else
|
|
7956 {
|
|
7957 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
7958 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7959 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
7960 }
|
|
7961
|
348
|
7962 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
7963 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
221
|
7964 else
|
|
7965 {
|
607
|
7966 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
221
|
7967 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
7968 {
|
|
7969 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7970 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
7971 {
|
|
7972 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
7973 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
7974 }
|
|
7975 }
|
|
7976 }
|
|
7977 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
7978 }
|
|
7979 #endif
|
|
7980
|
7
|
7981 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7982
|
|
7983 attrentry_T *
|
|
7984 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
7985 int attr;
|
|
7986 {
|
|
7987 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
7988 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
7989 return NULL;
|
|
7990 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
7991 }
|
|
7992 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
7993
|
745
|
7994 /*
|
|
7995 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
|
|
7996 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
|
|
7997 */
|
|
7998 int
|
|
7999 syn_attr2attr(attr)
|
|
8000 int attr;
|
|
8001 {
|
|
8002 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
8003
|
|
8004 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8005 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
8006 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
8007 else
|
|
8008 #endif
|
|
8009 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
8010 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
8011 else
|
|
8012 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
8013
|
|
8014 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
|
|
8015 return 0;
|
|
8016 return aep->ae_attr;
|
|
8017 }
|
|
8018
|
|
8019
|
7
|
8020 attrentry_T *
|
|
8021 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
8022 int attr;
|
|
8023 {
|
|
8024 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
8025 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
8026 return NULL;
|
|
8027 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
8028 }
|
|
8029
|
|
8030 attrentry_T *
|
|
8031 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
8032 int attr;
|
|
8033 {
|
|
8034 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
8035 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
8036 return NULL;
|
|
8037 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
8038 }
|
|
8039
|
|
8040 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
8041 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
8042 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
8043
|
|
8044 static void
|
|
8045 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
8046 int id;
|
|
8047 {
|
|
8048 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
8049 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
8050
|
|
8051 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
8052
|
|
8053 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
8054 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
8055 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
8056 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
8057 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
8058 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
8059
|
|
8060 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
8061 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
8062 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
8063 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
8064 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
8065 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
8066
|
|
8067 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8068 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
8069 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
8070 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
8071 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
8072 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
8073 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
8074 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
301
|
8075 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
8076 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
7
|
8077 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
8078 #endif
|
|
8079
|
448
|
8080 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
|
7
|
8081 {
|
|
8082 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
448
|
8083 didh = TRUE;
|
7
|
8084 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
8085 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
8086 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
8087 }
|
448
|
8088
|
694
|
8089 if (!didh)
|
|
8090 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
|
448
|
8091 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
694
|
8092 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
448
|
8093 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
|
|
8094 #endif
|
7
|
8095 }
|
|
8096
|
|
8097 static int
|
|
8098 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
8099 int id;
|
|
8100 int didh;
|
|
8101 int type;
|
|
8102 int iarg;
|
|
8103 char_u *sarg;
|
|
8104 char *name;
|
|
8105 {
|
|
8106 char_u buf[100];
|
|
8107 char_u *ts;
|
|
8108 int i;
|
|
8109
|
448
|
8110 if (got_int)
|
|
8111 return FALSE;
|
7
|
8112 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
8113 {
|
|
8114 ts = buf;
|
|
8115 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
8116 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
8117 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
8118 ts = sarg;
|
|
8119 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
8120 {
|
|
8121 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
8122 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
8123 {
|
|
8124 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
8125 {
|
|
8126 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
8127 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
8128 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
8129 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
8130 }
|
|
8131 }
|
|
8132 }
|
|
8133
|
|
8134 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
8135 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
8136 didh = TRUE;
|
448
|
8137 if (!got_int)
|
|
8138 {
|
694
|
8139 if (*name != NUL)
|
|
8140 {
|
|
8141 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
8142 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
8143 }
|
448
|
8144 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
8145 }
|
7
|
8146 }
|
|
8147 return didh;
|
|
8148 }
|
|
8149
|
|
8150 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
8151 /*
|
|
8152 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
8153 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
8154 */
|
|
8155 char_u *
|
|
8156 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
8157 int id;
|
|
8158 int flag;
|
|
8159 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
8160 {
|
|
8161 int attr;
|
|
8162
|
|
8163 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
8164 return NULL;
|
|
8165
|
|
8166 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8167 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
8168 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
8169 else
|
|
8170 #endif
|
|
8171 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
8172 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
8173 else
|
|
8174 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
8175
|
|
8176 if (attr & flag)
|
|
8177 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
8178 return NULL;
|
|
8179 }
|
|
8180 #endif
|
|
8181
|
|
8182 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
8183 /*
|
|
8184 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
8185 */
|
|
8186 char_u *
|
|
8187 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
8188 int id;
|
205
|
8189 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
7
|
8190 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
8191 {
|
|
8192 static char_u name[20];
|
|
8193 int n;
|
205
|
8194 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
8195 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8196 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
8197 # endif
|
7
|
8198
|
|
8199 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
8200 return NULL;
|
|
8201
|
|
8202 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
8203 fg = TRUE;
|
205
|
8204 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8205 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
8206 sp = TRUE;
|
7
|
8207 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
8208 {
|
|
8209 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
8210 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
8211 {
|
|
8212 guicolor_T color;
|
|
8213 long_u rgb;
|
|
8214 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
8215
|
|
8216 if (fg)
|
|
8217 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
205
|
8218 else if (sp)
|
|
8219 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
7
|
8220 else
|
|
8221 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
8222 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
8223 return NULL;
|
|
8224 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
8225 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
8226 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
8227 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
8228 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
8229 return buf;
|
|
8230 }
|
|
8231 if (fg)
|
|
8232 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
205
|
8233 if (sp)
|
|
8234 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
7
|
8235 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
8236 }
|
205
|
8237 # endif
|
7
|
8238 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
8239 {
|
|
8240 if (fg)
|
|
8241 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
8242 else
|
|
8243 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
8244 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
8245 return name;
|
|
8246 }
|
|
8247 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
8248 return NULL;
|
|
8249 }
|
|
8250 #endif
|
|
8251
|
|
8252 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
8253 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
8254 /*
|
|
8255 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
8256 */
|
|
8257 long_u
|
|
8258 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
8259 int id;
|
|
8260 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
8261 {
|
|
8262 guicolor_T color;
|
|
8263
|
|
8264 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
8265 return 0L;
|
|
8266
|
|
8267 if (fg)
|
|
8268 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
8269 else
|
|
8270 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
8271
|
|
8272 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
8273 return 0L;
|
|
8274
|
|
8275 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
8276 }
|
|
8277 #endif
|
|
8278
|
|
8279 /*
|
|
8280 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
8281 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
8282 */
|
|
8283 static int
|
|
8284 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
8285 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
8286 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
8287 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
8288 {
|
|
8289 int endcol = 19;
|
|
8290 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
8291
|
|
8292 if (!did_header)
|
|
8293 {
|
|
8294 msg_putchar('\n');
|
448
|
8295 if (got_int)
|
|
8296 return TRUE;
|
7
|
8297 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
8298 endcol = 15;
|
|
8299 }
|
|
8300 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
448
|
8301 {
|
7
|
8302 msg_putchar('\n');
|
448
|
8303 if (got_int)
|
|
8304 return TRUE;
|
|
8305 }
|
7
|
8306 else
|
|
8307 {
|
|
8308 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
8309 newline = FALSE;
|
|
8310 }
|
|
8311
|
|
8312 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
8313 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
8314 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
8315 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
8316
|
|
8317 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
8318
|
|
8319 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
8320 if (!did_header)
|
|
8321 {
|
|
8322 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
8323 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
8324 }
|
|
8325
|
|
8326 return newline;
|
|
8327 }
|
|
8328
|
|
8329 /*
|
|
8330 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
8331 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
8332 */
|
|
8333 static void
|
|
8334 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
8335 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
8336 {
|
|
8337 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
8338 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
8339
|
|
8340 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
8341 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
8342 return;
|
|
8343
|
|
8344 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8345 /*
|
|
8346 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
8347 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
8348 */
|
|
8349 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
8350 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
205
|
8351 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
7
|
8352 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
8353 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
8354 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
8355 # endif
|
|
8356 )
|
|
8357 {
|
|
8358 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
8359 }
|
|
8360 else
|
|
8361 {
|
|
8362 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
8363 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
8364 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
205
|
8365 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
7
|
8366 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
8367 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
8368 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
8369 # endif
|
|
8370 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
8371 }
|
|
8372 #endif
|
|
8373 /*
|
|
8374 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
8375 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
8376 */
|
|
8377 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
8378 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
8379 else
|
|
8380 {
|
|
8381 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
8382 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
8383 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
8384 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
8385 }
|
|
8386
|
|
8387 /*
|
|
8388 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
8389 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
8390 */
|
|
8391 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
8392 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
8393 else
|
|
8394 {
|
|
8395 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
8396 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
8397 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
8398 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
8399 }
|
|
8400 }
|
|
8401
|
|
8402 /*
|
|
8403 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
8404 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
8405 */
|
|
8406 int
|
|
8407 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
8408 char_u *name;
|
|
8409 {
|
|
8410 int i;
|
|
8411 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
8412
|
|
8413 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
8414 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
8415 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
419
|
8416 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
7
|
8417 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
8418 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
8419 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
8420 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
8421 break;
|
|
8422 return i + 1;
|
|
8423 }
|
|
8424
|
|
8425 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
8426 /*
|
|
8427 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
8428 */
|
|
8429 int
|
|
8430 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
8431 char_u *name;
|
|
8432 {
|
|
8433 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
8434 }
|
819
|
8435
|
|
8436 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
8437 /*
|
|
8438 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
|
|
8439 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
|
|
8440 */
|
|
8441 char_u *
|
|
8442 syn_id2name(id)
|
|
8443 int id;
|
|
8444 {
|
|
8445 if (id <= 0 || id >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
8446 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
8447 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
|
|
8448 }
|
|
8449 # endif
|
7
|
8450 #endif
|
|
8451
|
|
8452 /*
|
|
8453 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
8454 */
|
|
8455 int
|
|
8456 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
8457 char_u *linep;
|
|
8458 int len;
|
|
8459 {
|
|
8460 char_u *name;
|
|
8461 int id = 0;
|
|
8462
|
|
8463 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
8464 if (name != NULL)
|
|
8465 {
|
|
8466 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
8467 vim_free(name);
|
|
8468 }
|
|
8469 return id;
|
|
8470 }
|
|
8471
|
|
8472 /*
|
|
8473 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
8474 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
8475 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
8476 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
8477 */
|
|
8478 int
|
|
8479 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
8480 char_u *pp;
|
|
8481 int len;
|
|
8482 {
|
|
8483 int id;
|
|
8484 char_u *name;
|
|
8485
|
|
8486 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
8487 if (name == NULL)
|
|
8488 return 0;
|
|
8489
|
|
8490 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
8491 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
8492 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
8493 else
|
|
8494 vim_free(name);
|
|
8495 return id;
|
|
8496 }
|
|
8497
|
|
8498 /*
|
|
8499 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
8500 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
8501 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
8502 */
|
|
8503 static int
|
|
8504 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
8505 char_u *name;
|
|
8506 {
|
|
8507 char_u *p;
|
|
8508
|
|
8509 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
8510 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
8511 {
|
|
8512 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
8513 {
|
|
8514 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
8515 return 0;
|
|
8516 }
|
|
8517 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
8518 {
|
|
8519 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
8520 * give a warning. */
|
16
|
8521 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
7
|
8522 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
8523 break;
|
|
8524 }
|
|
8525 }
|
|
8526
|
|
8527 /*
|
|
8528 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
8529 */
|
|
8530 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
8531 {
|
|
8532 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
8533 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
8534 }
|
|
8535
|
|
8536 /*
|
|
8537 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
8538 */
|
|
8539 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
8540 {
|
|
8541 vim_free(name);
|
|
8542 return 0;
|
|
8543 }
|
|
8544
|
|
8545 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
8546 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
8547 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
8548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8549 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
8550 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
205
|
8551 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
7
|
8552 #endif
|
|
8553 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
8554
|
|
8555 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
8556 }
|
|
8557
|
|
8558 /*
|
|
8559 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
8560 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
8561 */
|
|
8562 static void
|
|
8563 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
8564 {
|
|
8565 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
8566 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
8567 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
8568 }
|
|
8569
|
|
8570 /*
|
|
8571 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
8572 */
|
|
8573 int
|
|
8574 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
8575 int hl_id;
|
|
8576 {
|
|
8577 int attr;
|
|
8578 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
8579
|
|
8580 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
8581 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
8582
|
|
8583 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8584 /*
|
|
8585 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
8586 */
|
|
8587 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
8588 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
8589 else
|
|
8590 #endif
|
|
8591 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
8592 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
8593 else
|
|
8594 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
8595
|
|
8596 return attr;
|
|
8597 }
|
|
8598
|
|
8599 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8600 /*
|
|
8601 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
8602 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
8603 */
|
|
8604 int
|
|
8605 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
8606 int hl_id;
|
|
8607 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
8608 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
8609 {
|
|
8610 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
8611
|
|
8612 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
8613 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
8614
|
|
8615 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
8616 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
8617 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
8618 }
|
|
8619 #endif
|
|
8620
|
|
8621 /*
|
|
8622 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
8623 */
|
|
8624 int
|
|
8625 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
8626 int hl_id;
|
|
8627 {
|
|
8628 int count;
|
|
8629 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
8630
|
|
8631 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
8632 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
8633
|
|
8634 /*
|
|
8635 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
8636 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
8637 */
|
|
8638 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
8639 {
|
|
8640 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
8641 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
8642 break;
|
|
8643 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
8644 }
|
|
8645
|
|
8646 return hl_id;
|
|
8647 }
|
|
8648
|
|
8649 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8650 /*
|
|
8651 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
8652 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
8653 */
|
|
8654 void
|
|
8655 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
8656 {
|
|
8657 int idx;
|
|
8658
|
|
8659 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
8660 set_normal_colors();
|
|
8661
|
|
8662 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
8663 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
8664
|
|
8665 highlight_changed();
|
|
8666 }
|
|
8667
|
|
8668 static void
|
|
8669 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
8670 int idx;
|
|
8671 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
8672 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
8673 {
|
|
8674 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
8675
|
|
8676 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
8677 {
|
|
8678 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
8679 do_tooltip);
|
|
8680 didit = TRUE;
|
|
8681 }
|
|
8682 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
8683 {
|
|
8684 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
8685 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
8686 didit = TRUE;
|
|
8687 }
|
|
8688 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
8689 {
|
|
8690 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
8691 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
8692 didit = TRUE;
|
|
8693 }
|
205
|
8694 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
8695 {
|
|
8696 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
8697 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
8698 didit = TRUE;
|
|
8699 }
|
7
|
8700 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
8701 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
8702 }
|
|
8703
|
|
8704 #endif
|
|
8705
|
|
8706 /*
|
|
8707 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
8708 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
8709 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
8710 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
8711 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
8712 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
8713 */
|
|
8714 int
|
|
8715 highlight_changed()
|
|
8716 {
|
|
8717 int hlf;
|
|
8718 int i;
|
|
8719 char_u *p;
|
|
8720 int attr;
|
|
8721 char_u *end;
|
|
8722 int id;
|
|
8723 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
8724 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
8725 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
8726 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
8727 int id_S = -1;
|
|
8728 int hlcnt;
|
|
8729 # endif
|
|
8730 #endif
|
|
8731 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
8732
|
|
8733 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
8734
|
|
8735 /*
|
|
8736 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
8737 */
|
|
8738 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
8739 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
8740
|
|
8741 /*
|
|
8742 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
8743 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
8744 */
|
|
8745 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
8746 {
|
|
8747 if (i)
|
|
8748 p = p_hl;
|
|
8749 else
|
|
8750 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
8751 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
8752 continue;
|
|
8753
|
|
8754 while (*p)
|
|
8755 {
|
|
8756 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
8757 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
8758 break;
|
|
8759 ++p;
|
|
8760 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
8761 return FAIL;
|
|
8762
|
|
8763 /*
|
|
8764 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
8765 * bold-underlined.
|
|
8766 */
|
|
8767 attr = 0;
|
|
8768 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
8769 {
|
|
8770 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
8771 continue;
|
|
8772
|
|
8773 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
8774 return FAIL;
|
|
8775
|
|
8776 switch (*p)
|
|
8777 {
|
|
8778 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
8779 break;
|
|
8780 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
8781 break;
|
|
8782 case '-':
|
|
8783 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
8784 break;
|
|
8785 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
8786 break;
|
|
8787 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
8788 break;
|
|
8789 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
8790 break;
|
205
|
8791 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
8792 break;
|
7
|
8793 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
8794 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
8795 return FAIL;
|
|
8796 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
8797 if (end == NULL)
|
|
8798 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
8799 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
8800 if (id == 0)
|
|
8801 return FAIL;
|
|
8802 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
8803 p = end - 1;
|
|
8804 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
8805 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
8806 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
8807 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
8808 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
8809 #endif
|
|
8810 break;
|
|
8811 default: return FAIL;
|
|
8812 }
|
|
8813 }
|
|
8814 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
8815
|
|
8816 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
8817 }
|
|
8818 }
|
|
8819
|
|
8820 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
8821 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
8822 *
|
|
8823 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
8824 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
8825 */
|
|
8826 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
8827 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
8828 return FAIL;
|
|
8829 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
8830 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
8831 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
8832 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
8833 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
8834 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
8835 }
|
|
8836 # endif
|
|
8837 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
8838 {
|
|
8839 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
8840 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
8841 if (id == 0)
|
|
8842 {
|
|
8843 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
8844 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
8845 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
8846 # endif
|
|
8847 }
|
|
8848 else
|
|
8849 {
|
|
8850 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
8851 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
8852 # endif
|
|
8853
|
|
8854 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
8855 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
8856 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
8857 {
|
|
8858 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
8859 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
8860 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
8861 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8862 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
8863 # endif
|
|
8864 }
|
|
8865 else
|
|
8866 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
8867 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
8868 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
8869 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
8870
|
|
8871 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
8872 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
8873 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
8874 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
8875 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
8876 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
8877 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
8878 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
8879 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
8880 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
8881 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
8882 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
8883 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
8884 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
8885 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
8886 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
8887 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
8888 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
8889 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
8890 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
205
|
8891 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
8892 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
7
|
8893 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
8894 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
8895 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
8896 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
8897 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
8898 # endif
|
|
8899 # endif
|
|
8900 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
8901 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
8902 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
8903 # endif
|
|
8904 }
|
|
8905 }
|
|
8906 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
8907 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
8908 # endif
|
|
8909
|
|
8910 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
8911
|
|
8912 return OK;
|
|
8913 }
|
|
8914
|
|
8915 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
8916
|
|
8917 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
8918 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
8919
|
|
8920 /*
|
|
8921 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
8922 */
|
|
8923 void
|
|
8924 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
8925 expand_T *xp;
|
|
8926 char_u *arg;
|
|
8927 {
|
|
8928 char_u *p;
|
|
8929
|
|
8930 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
8931 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
8932 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
8933 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
8934 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
8935
|
|
8936 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
8937 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
8938 {
|
|
8939 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
8940 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
8941 {
|
|
8942 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
8943 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
8944 {
|
|
8945 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
8946 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
8947 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
8948 }
|
|
8949 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
8950 {
|
|
8951 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
8952 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
8953 highlight_list();
|
|
8954 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
8955 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
8956 {
|
|
8957 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
8958 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
8959 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
8960 {
|
|
8961 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
8962 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
8963 }
|
|
8964 }
|
|
8965 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
8966 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
8967 }
|
|
8968 }
|
|
8969 }
|
|
8970 }
|
|
8971
|
|
8972 /*
|
|
8973 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
8974 */
|
|
8975 static void
|
|
8976 highlight_list()
|
|
8977 {
|
|
8978 int i;
|
|
8979
|
|
8980 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
8981 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
8982 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
8983 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
8984 }
|
|
8985
|
|
8986 static void
|
|
8987 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
8988 int cnt;
|
|
8989 int attr;
|
|
8990 {
|
|
8991 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
8992 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
8993 out_flush();
|
|
8994 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
8995 }
|
|
8996
|
|
8997 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
8998
|
|
8999 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
9000 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
9001 /*
|
|
9002 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
9003 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
9004 */
|
|
9005 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
9006 char_u *
|
|
9007 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
9008 expand_T *xp;
|
|
9009 int idx;
|
|
9010 {
|
|
9011 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
9012 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
9013 && include_link
|
|
9014 #endif
|
|
9015 )
|
|
9016 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
9017 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
9018 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
9019 && include_link
|
|
9020 #endif
|
|
9021 )
|
|
9022 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
9023 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
9024 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
9025 && include_default
|
|
9026 #endif
|
|
9027 )
|
|
9028 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
9029 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
9030 return NULL;
|
|
9031 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
9032 }
|
|
9033 #endif
|
|
9034
|
|
9035 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
9036 /*
|
|
9037 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
9038 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
9039 */
|
|
9040 void
|
|
9041 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
9042 {
|
|
9043 int idx;
|
|
9044
|
|
9045 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
9046 {
|
|
9047 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
9048 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
9049 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
9050 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
9051 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
9052 # endif
|
|
9053 }
|
|
9054
|
|
9055 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
9056 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
9057 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
9058 # endif
|
|
9059 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
9060 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
9061 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
9062 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
9063 # endif
|
|
9064 }
|
|
9065 #endif
|
|
9066
|
|
9067 /**************************************
|
|
9068 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
9069 **************************************/
|